Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. 30 Flatbush Avenue, Brooklyn New York 11217 Public Improvement Planning and Engineering

September 28, 2018

James J Hahn Engineering, P.C. 1689 Route 22 Brewster, New York 10509

Attention: Douglas J Hahn, P.E.

Subject: Hudson View Park Culvert Replacement

Dear Mr. Hahn,

This letter is to certify that Consolidated Edison has supplied the attached specifications and layouts in the above mentioned project. The scope of work is depicted on attached Con Edison layout, WG18008604 and all work shall be performed in accordance with attached fixed price lump sum item labeled ITEM 1- Con Edison Gas Work (WG18008604). The installation of new pipe shall be performed by Operator Qualified Mechanics and by a Contractor approved by Con Edison. The permanent Gas Main should be completely installed prior to removal of the existing Gas Main.

As discussed, Con Edison also respectfully request that the contract documents include provisions to support and protect existing Con Edison facilities during performance of Culvert Replacement work. When developing and executing a work plan, the contractor must ensure that the surface pressure within a lateral distance of ten (10) feet from the centerline of any buried utility does not exceed a limit of 3.5 ksf. This work plan should also take into consideration adequate clearance from all overhead facilities (10 foot radial clearance around all electric overhead cables. This distance can be reduced to 3 feet if line guards are installed around the cables by Con Edison or if the cables are fully insulated, i.e. aerial; cable.)

If you have any questions or concerns, please contact me at (718) 802-3011 or email me at [email protected].

Sincerely Yours,

Daniel Mayberry Engineer Public Improvement Planning and Engineering

Cc: O’Neil Wright – Con Edison Rilwan Durosinmi – Con Edison Michael Sanchick – Con Edison TICKET NUMBER: REV PROJECT NUMBER TROUBLE TYPE YES NO U.G. PRIMARY/SECONDARY IN WORK AREA WG18008604 R2 GPI X OIL-O-STATIC/H.P.P FEEDERS IN WORK AREA LOCATION: MUNI X KNOWN FIBER OPTICS IN WORK AREA X HUDSON VIEW PARK & SUNNYSIDE LA I SERVICE THRU VAULTED AREA (REPORT TO GDS) X conEdisonDESCRIPTION OF WORK: IF WORK CANNOT BE DONE AS REGULATOR STATION IN WORK AREA - GR # LAID OUT, FOLLOW SCOPE X REPLACE 4" MPPE GAS MAIN DUE TO INTERFERENCE CHANGE PROCESS IN G-8214 MAPS INDICATE PCB'S, COAL TAR WRAP, AUTO SEAL, EPI SEAL X CONJUNCTIONAL TICKET: DRAWN BY: DATE: APPROVED BY: NEW MAIN VALVE NUMBERS X DAVE PATEL 5/8/18 M. SANCHICK DRIP/SYPHON IN WORK AREA X NOTIFY CORROSION G-M&S G-GEN. E-M&S E-COMP. E-CONDUIT/C&DO X LOCAL TRAFFIC IMPACTED FOR EXTENDED PERIODS X 52-AQ 48-AT 52-AQ N/A 52-AQ C1 MACHINE REQUIRED X THIRD PARTY CONTRACTOR REQUIRED X NO. REVISION DRAWN APP'D DATE STEAM WITHIN 35-FT OF GAS PIPE - EMP.# X 1 REMOVED SURVEY INFO AND UPDATED DESCRIPTION FIELDS MS MDS 6/19/18 GAS TRANSMISSION MAIN IN AREA 2 ADDED ITEM TO SUPPORT AND PROTECT EXISTING MAIN MDS 9/26/2018 MS M/V CASE NO. ROV CASE NO. X HAND EXCAVATE 2' X 5' TEST PIT SERVICE-TO-MAIN CONNECTIONS NOTIFY E.R.C (718-319-2343) 48 HRS PRIOR TO FOR LOCATIONS & DEPTH OF HAVE A 3' TOLERANCE ZONE TO EXCAVATION PER G-11863 EXISTING GAS MAIN & THE NOT TO SCALE (HAND EXCAVATE A 6'X6' AREA) IF YES TO BELOW-CHECK CEHSP 11.03 CHECKLIST IN PROJECTWISE LOCATIONS OF A CLEAR LANE CONTAMINATED SITE WITHIN 100 FT X PUBLIC WETLANDS X INTERFERENCE PARKS PERMIT X IMPROVEMENT NYC LANDMARKS PRESERVATION COMMISSION X

E P X RO IS P E T. . X 8 IN SM IS " V R T C I I I H N B . S IP N N M # E M S V (8 2 1 R H E IN " 61 EM T W ( ) 2 .6 P O O E IN 12 5 R V P R V " 4. O E R M ) 2 98 P. D O A O 5 C , P IN UT 4 TO O IN . .1 N P S S FR 25 5 M E N V TA M O 3 A XI E C L H M .9 IN ST CT (4 L #1 5 ( . I 4 N T SE S O L E O W E N F W E W @ 1 IN R ER 2 0 V M .6 " . = A 2 X 2 I % 5 N ) 2. 44 ) Concrete Curb

P RO A P L W P . A X C C R M C " E E 2 A S K 1 NH S D 9 i E O I 2 LE S 9 Y I 1 > SS NN . C > > C P >> G D U . S G G V G >> S M >> S -2 > 118 C 2406 > E " 9A1 Co 0 n 2 IP cre C I 1 > 8"C W te K K C Cur V W b > S C T k > wal Con ide cre . .C S te

> K nc P Side > Co 1 w R alk

K 6 2 " P

CIP O 8" R .

S K "

> P C K . P V1 > 1 M K S > 2 M F K all 1 W " ood 2 W T > D " IP W C . C . " I E . 8 C I P P K 4 X . > o P I I D S n n v S T :25 . E 5. . y c 10 F . wa S " W 6 ve . FP L " i L N r E T W t D . E / W T l W nc Wa N C " a Co ll 2 h 5 W T A p V 1 C s E A a E T 0 W E I o l E 8 D l " M R " n " 6 . U E 6 R " M 1 c C N O D D A . I . 4'x2' M P Culve a I I rt . .P E N W Str R D eam k A . T P a & P O I B1 R l F l N O B 24 IT E 8 P " . Conc. R T . Wall CP " IN C 2 I 4 G U n " R U S L C P v P V : n E

2 k R

E n T 5 5 o

. w 0

n 9 P W RO a P l . P l R PROP. 2.5' x 6' CONC. BOX A CC C O M E G U P A S L . 2 CULVERT N S V . H E 5 O 3 R ' x LE T 6 1 ' In C ' v 9 O 0 4 I : n 2 N 5 v C 5 . 6 : .

7 T 9 2 B

S 5 .7 O A 8 X 5 7 " C s . 1 2 0 3 u p 0 P 0 r h M > " 2 b a B l O t C O a H k V 1 PROP. SMH #2 U U (DROP CONNECTION) I E D RIM 262.75 A2 INV IN 258.02 W S

INV OUT 254.45 O

N P

K M.P. STUB

GENERAL LEGEND

NEW GAS MAIN/SERVICE ELECTRIC ABANDON L.P. PIPE

NEW VALVE W WATER ABANDON I.P. OR M.P. PIPE

NEW/EXISTING DRIP S SEWER ABANDON H.P. PIPE

FIELD AS PER ITEM LOCATION DESCRIPTION LENGTH ACCOUNT PROJECT TASK DATE SUPV. SPEC. SIG. 1 WORK TO BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR OF RECORD

2 AS NEEDED INSTALL SHEETING AND SHORING FOR TIE-IN PITS EO-16954-B

3 A1-A2 EXCAVATE, BACKFILL, & RESTORE GAS MAIN TRENCH 309495

4 A1-B1 DIRECT BURY NEW 8" MPPE GAS MAIN G-8005 40' 5 A2-B2 DIRECT BURY NEW 8" MPPE GAS MAIN G-8005 22' 6 B1-B2 SUPPORT & PROTECT EXISTING GAS MAIN IP-7

7 B1-B2 INSTALL 12" ST CASING AND INSERT NEW 8" MPPE GAS MAIN G-8005 20'

8 B1-B2 SEAL THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN GAS PIPE AND CASING WITH LINK-TYPE SEAL G-8096

9 B1-B2 INSTALL 45 DEGREE OFFSETS AND GAS MAIN AT DEPTH OF 8' G-8005

10 V1 INSTALL NEW 8" MPPE GAS MAIN VALVE #89137 G-8141 11 WORK TO BE DONE BY CON EDISON 12 A1-A2 PURGE, C/C, & ABANDON EXISTING 4" MPPE GAS MAIN G-8129 82'

13 A1 TIE IN NEW 8" MPPE GAS MAIN TO EXISTING 4" MPPE G-8005 14 A2 TIE IN NEW 8" MPPE GAS MAIN TO EXISTING 4" MPPE G-8005 15 V1 ABANDON EXISTING 4" MPPE GAS MAIN VALVE #21189 G-8141

16 U1 VERIFY SIZE AND MATERIAL OF SERVICE AND CONTACT GAS ENGINEERING 17 AS NEEDED ALL WORK INVOLVING THE TAPPING OF VENT HOLES AND THE INSTALLATION OF BY-PASS IP-7

18 NOTE RELOCATE METER(S) OUTDOORS FOR DIRECT BURIED SVCS - EXCEPTIONS MUST BE DOCUMENTED 90515 22347591 0001

01-18-18 conEdison FACILITY CLEARANCE PLAN VIEW N PROFILE VIEW

4

" EXIST. GRADE

M

B1 . PROP. 2.5' x 6'

P 8 BOX CULVERT

"

.

U

n

k 3' P

n

o

E w 8'

n

B1

8" MPPE 1' GAS MAIN G B2

3 PROP. 8" MPPE GAS MAIN A 1 s

p 9 ENCASED IN 12" ST SLEEVE

h a 20' 9 l t MAXIMUM

C 2

u

r b B2 LOOKING EAST. 4" 8" 16" SCALE 6" 12" 24" 1/8" = 1'0"

LOCATION: SUNNYSIDE LA & HUDSON AV CONSTRUCTION TICKET:

PREPARED BY: D PATEL DATE: 5/30/18 WG18008604 APPROVED BY: M SANCHICK DATE: 5/30/18

NJB 03/27/17 ITEM 1 – CON EDISON GAS WORK (WG18008604)

DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of installing permanent gas main pipe as well as associated fittings and/or connections at locations shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer.

The contractor shall completely install permanent gas main pipe prior to the removal of the existing gas main pipe as shown on the plans. The existing gas main will not be taken out of service until the permanent gas main is accepted by Con Edison and tied-in.

MATERIALS: The gas main pipe, fittings, couplings and appurtenances shall be furnished by the Consolidated Edison Company.

The contractor shall furnish all other material required for the installation including, but not limited to, backfill sand, concrete, structural steel, reinforcement, pavement, etc...

The materials and their necessary construction details shall conform to the latest NYSDOT and Con Edison Specifications and any agency having jurisdiction.

The contractor shall notify the Consolidated Edison Company of the installation schedule at least thirty (30) days prior to the actual planned construction date. Should Con Edison fail to deliver the necessary material according to schedule, the Village shall not be responsible for any delays.

It is the contractor's responsibility to inspect and unload the material immediately upon delivery and advise Con Edison promptly of all damaged material. The contractor shall visually inspect all pipes for defects and gouges. Any material damaged or lost after the contractor's inspection shall be replaced by the contractor at his own expense.

CONSTRUCTION DETAILS: The contractor shall install PE plastic gas main pipe and steel pritec coated casing pipe as shown on the Village contract plans as well as Con Edison’s associated drawings and specifications as directed by the Engineer. Con Edison shall be notified at least 48 hours prior to the installation in order to provide inspector(s) at the site.

Prior to the demolition of any portion of the culvert the Contractor is responsible for providing vibration monitoring equipment for the existing gas main. Vibration units should not exceed those units listed in Con Edison Specification CI-280-2.

The nature of the work is such that certain specified requirements of the Consolidated Edison Company of New York, 1615 Bronxdale Avenue, Bronx, NY 10462, be followed. The contractor is responsible for obtaining copies of Con Edison's specifications and plans as necessary.

Installation of gas main shall be in accordance with Con Edison Company Specification G-8005 “General Specification for the installation of Gas Distribution Mains” and its listed associated specifications and drawings. Con Edison shall approve all deviations from the trench width and depth as documented in the contract documents for the installation of the gas main. Tracer wires shall be installed on all plastic gas main.

All PE pipe joints shall be joined by heat fusion except where otherwise indicated. Pipe line butt fusion shall be performed in accordance with Con Edison Specifications. This work shall also include the pipe joints, valves, gas stopping/vent devices and by-passes as deemed necessary by Con Edison. All PE pipe

Page 1 of 3

ITEM 1 – CON EDISON GAS WORK (WG18008604) fusers shall have in their possession the appropriate current Con Edison Plastic Pipe Certification. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing the necessary fuser to complete the work.

Valves and irregular surface pipe fittings shall be coated with hot coal tar enamel. Hot tar coating contractor shall be preapproved by the Con Edison Company. The Contractor shall install all valves as per Con Edison Specification G-8141 and Drawing EO-13911-A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all concrete items (slabs, base, piers, etc.) needed to install these valves.

The Contractor shall pressure test all piping after construction prior to tie. Pressure test shall be performed in accordance with Con Edison Specification. Weld end or PE caps shall be used for the tests. Any defects found shall be corrected by the contractor in a manner acceptable to Con Edison and the Engineer at no additional cost.

Con Edison shall perform all live work. The contractor shall be responsible for notifying Con Edison two weeks prior to the new main being ready for “tie-in”. Consolidated Edison will require ten (10) working days to perform this “tie-in” work. The Village accepts no responsibility for delays or any other construction problem, which might arise from failure of the utility to make the connection in accordance with the contractor's construction schedule.

After the gas main pipe is fused and welded, X-ray tested, installed and pressure tested, backfill sand shall be installed and compacted around the pipe and valves, as per Con Edison Specification 309495 and Drawing EO-1181. Steel plates shall be used when cover is minimal as per Con Edison Specification 309495 and Drawing EO-6799-C. Cathodic protection acceptance testing shall be performed by Con Edison prior to live tie-in work. If this test fails, the contractor shall make necessary corrections at no additional cost.

Contractor to provide Con Edison with As-built drawings of installed Gas Main.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT:

Payment will be made at a fixed lump sum price for all gas related work in accordance with this specification and contract drawings.

BASIS OF PAYMENT:

The amount set forth in the Proposal is a fixed price for all bidders and shall not be changed. The published price has been prepared taking into account the cost of furnishing all labor, supervision, permits, insurance, incidentals, and equipment necessary to complete the work, including excavation, backfill, materials not supplied by Con Edison, and an allowance for overhead and profit. Any bid other than the amount noted in the Proposal may cause the bid to be considered informal.

Monthly payment will be made for this work in proportion to the amount of work completed. No payment will be made for work specifically excluded from payment by the terms of this item. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 1 Con Edison Gas Work (WG18005828) Lump Sum

Page 2 of 3 ITEM 1 – CON EDISON GAS WORK (WG18008604)

REFERNCES:

All Specification and drawings as reference hereunder shall be of latest revision:

CI-280-2 Notices of Intent to Excavate, Demolish or Blast by Company or Others

G-1066 Qualification of Nondestructive Testing Personnel and Nondestructive Testing Procedure G-8005 General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Main

G-8096 Sealing the Annular Space between a Gas Pipe and a Wall, Casing Pipe or Sleeve

G-8121 Qualification of Installers Joining PE Plastic Pipe and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8122 Inspection, Handling, Storage and Transportation of PE Plastics Pipe and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8123 Heat Fusion Joining of PE Plastic Pipe and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8129 Purging Gas Mains, Services and Regulator Stations

G-8141 Installation of Valves on Gas Distribution Main

G-8204 Pressure Testing Requirements for Gas Main and Services

EO-1181 General Specification for Backfilling of Trench and Small Opening

EO-6799-C Protective Covers for Gas Main and Service Installations

EO-14837-B Installation of Direct Buried Polyethylene Gas Mains

EO-14838-B Insertion of PE Plastic Gas Mains

IP-7 Cut-Outs and Tie-ins of Existing Gas Mains

IP-20 Installation of Mechanical Fittings for PE plastic Pipe and Tubing

IP-27 Installation of Electrofusion Fittings on PE Plastic Pipe and Modeled Fittings using a Universal Electrofusion Processor

Dwg. 309495 Trench Excavation for Gas Main and Service up to 350 psig

Page 3 of 3

CON ED GAS QUALIFIED CONTRACTORS

Contractor Contact Person Phone Number AB Oil Service John Vitale 631-567-6545 718-684-5802 ext. Bond Brothers Inc. Connor La Rocco 303 CAC Industries inc. Dmitry Lavrov 917-731-3342 Colonnelli Brothers Inc. Nino Colonnelli 201-440-1118 914-273-7979, ext. Danella Construction of NY Peter Mazzari 14 Elecnor Hawkeye Matt Braunwart 631-447-3100 Richard Grace Industries Neugebauer 347-527-3813 Hallen Construction Inc. Pat Ambrosio 516-432-8300 J Track Inc. Jeremy Rosario 718-554-2780 J. Fletcher Creamer & Son Terrell Maroney 201-488-9830 MECC Contracting Luigi Moccia 718-235-0800 914-965-1500 ext. Petmar Builders/Yonkers Construction Rich McGrath 834 Posillico Inc. Robert Reifenheiser 631-390-5784 Riggs Distler & Co. Inc. David Budds 914-552-2660 Titanic Underground Contractors Todd Dippel 845-522-9366 Triumph Construction Shirley Jacobs 718-861-6060

NOTES

A. NATURAL GAS ELECTRONIC MARKERS (EM) ARE RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION (RFID) TAGS WITH THE INDUSTRY STANDARD 83 kHZ SIGNAL FOR LOCATING BURIED GAS FACILITIES. ELECTRONIC MARKERS (EM) SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ADDITION TO GAS WARNING TAPE AND TRACER WIRE WHEN REQUIRED FOR PE PLASTIC PIPE.

B. FOR GAS FACILITIES INSTALLED LESS THAN (<) 5 FEET DEEP, EM MARKER BALLS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE TOP OF STEEL (ST), WROUGHT IRON (WI), CAST IRON (CI), AND POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC BURIED GAS PIPE AND FITTINGS WITH NYLON/PLASTIC CABLE TIES. ENSURE EM MARKER BALL INSTALLATION DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH OPERATION OF VALVES.

͘&KZ'^&/>/d/^/E^d>>'ZdZd,EKZYh>;шͿϱ&dE>^^d,E;фͿϴ&dW͕D FULL-RANGE MARKERS SHALL BE INSTALLED ADJACENT TO ST, WI, CI, AND PE PLASTIC GAS PIPE AND FITTINGS. ENSURE EM FULL-RANGE MARKER INSTALLATION DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH OPERATION OF VALVES. D. EM MARKER BALLS AND FULL-RANGE MARKERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE FOLLOWING GAS DISTRIBUTION MAIN AND SERVICE LOCATIONS (REFER TO SKETCH ABOVE) AND SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED CLOSER THAN 5' TO ANOTHER EM FOR CLEAR IDENTIFICATION BY EM LOCATOR EQUIPMENT: 1. MAIN OR SERVICE STUB ENDS 2. MAIN OR SERVICE REPAIR LOCATIONS 3. MAIN OR SERVICE CHANGE IN MATERIAL 4. MAIN-TO-SERVICE CONNECTIONS 5. SERVICE CURB VALVES

6. SERVICE POINT OF ENTRY AT OUTSIDE FOUNDATION WALL (DIRECT BURIED SERVICES)

7. MAIN VALVES 8. MAIN TIES OR CROSSES 9. DRIP POT STANDPIPES

10. MAIN OR SERVICE VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL OFFSETS (GREATER THAN 2 FEET)

11. MAIN OR SERVICE CASING ENDS (INSTALL ON CARRIER PIPE NOT INSERTED PIPE)

12. MAIN OR SERVICE INSTALLATIONS: EVERY 25 LINEAR FEET

13. TEST PITS (EXPOSED LIVE GAS PIPE ONLY)

E. EM MARKER BALL AND EM FULL-RANGE MARKER INSTALLATION LOCATIONS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED ON AS-CONSTRUCTED DRAWINGS, EMERGENCY SKETCHES, AND CORRECTION-TO-DETAIL DRAWINGS WITH THE SYMBOLOGY EM . THE LOCATIONS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED ON THE GAS MAPS WITH THE SAME SYMBOLOGY.

MATERIAL EM CLASS & STOCK# GAS MARKER BALL (PASSIVE) 456-0481 GAS FULL-RANGE MARKER (PASSIVE) 456-0482

30" CABLE TIES 007-6273

Corporate Instruction

SUBJECT NOTICES OF INTENT TO EXCAVATE, DEMOLISH, OR BLAST BY COMPANY OR OTHERS

1.0 PURPOSE --

1.1 To provide guidelines for notifying operators (e.g., Verizon, Time Warner, National Grid) of underground facilities of our intent to excavate and demolish by mechanical means or blast in the vicinity of such facilities.

1.2 To provide guidelines for processing notices received from excavators regarding our underground facilities.

1.3 To comply with Sections 760 to 765 of the NYS General Business Laws; NYC Administrative Code § 19-139 (formerly Section 693-4.0); Industrial Code Part 753 16 NYCRR Part 753; and 49 CFR 192.614. Use of explosives shall be in accordance with all laws, rules, and regulations of any governmental unit or agency that may have jurisdiction.

2.0 APPLICATION -- This Instruction applies to all Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. (CECONY) personnel concerned with underground construction activities associated with excavation, demolition, or blasting. The terms Company or Con Edison when used in this Instruction refer to CECONY unless otherwise stated.

3.0 PROCEDURES --

3.1 Con Edison as Excavator –

a. All Company organizations commencing or engaging in any non- emergency excavation or demolition shall provide notice of the location and date of planned excavation or demolition to the appropriate One Call Center. If such excavation or demolition will take place within the five (5) boroughs of New York City and Long Island, call New York 811 at 1-800-272-4480 or dial 811. If such excavation or demolition will take place in Westchester or the rest of Upstate New York, call Dig Safely New York at 1-800-962-7962 or dial 811. Such notice shall be served at least two (2) but not more than ten (10) working days, not including the day of the call, before the commencement date of the excavation or demolition.

b. Emergency Excavation and Demolition. Excavation or demolition, which is required to be performed promptly as a result of an emergency, disaster, or to correct an immediate hazard, may proceed immediately without prior notice to operators if the situation is so serious that the excavation or demolition cannot reasonably be delayed. However, the

APPROVED APPROVED DATE LAST REVIEWED DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 1 OF

CI-280-2 Craig Ivey May 7, 2013 May 7, 2013 CI-280-2 Feb 12,’07 13 PAGES

SUBJECT NOTICES OF INTENT TO EXCAVATE, DEMOLISH, OR BLAST BY COMPANY OR OTHERS

Company shall notify the respective One Call Center as soon as possible that such excavation or demolition is commencing or is underway. Extreme caution shall be employed by the Company to prevent damage to existing underground facilities and to avoid endangering persons and property. c. Pre-Demolition Conferences. At least seven (7) working days in advance of the commencement date of demolition or blasting, the Company shall request a pre-demolition conference through the respective One Call Center with all other member operators of underground facilities at or near the demolition or blast area. A pre- demolition conference may encompass one or more demolition(s) or blasts in a project area. A request for a pre-demolition conference is not a substitute for the notice of intent to perform demolition work required in paragraphs 3.1a and 3.1b. d. Cancellation or Postponement of Excavation or Demolition. The Company shall notify the respective One Call Center promptly to cancel an excavation or demolition. A postponement of more than ten (10) working days shall be considered a cancellation. If a postponement of the commencement date is ten (10) or less working days, no notification is required to be made to the respective One Call Center. e. Blasting. Prior to blasting, any Company department responsible for the blasting shall comply with paragraphs 3.1a and 3.1c. f. One Call Center Notification Requirements. The Company shall provide the following information to the One Call Center concerning planned excavation or demolition:

(1) Name of the person serving such notice.

(2) Name, address, and phone number of the Company.

(a) Field site phone number if available. (b) Name of field contact representative if any. (c) Address and exact location and approximate extent and dimensions of the planned work area. (d) Means of excavation or demolition and whether or not explosives are to be used. (e) Brief description of the planned excavation or demolition. (f) Date and time the excavation or demolition is planned to commence.

DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 2 OF

CI-280-2 May 7, 2013 CI-280-2 Feb 12,’07 13 PAGES

SUBJECT NOTICES OF INTENT TO EXCAVATE, DEMOLISH, OR BLAST BY COMPANY OR OTHERS

g. Commencement of Excavation or Demolition.

(1) The Company may proceed with excavation or demolition on the stated date of commencement if, prior thereto, the Company has received notification from each and every operator notified by the respective One Call Center that:

(a) Other operators notified of the excavation or demolition have no underground facilities located in or within fifteen (15) feet of the work area; or

(b) Any underground facility located in or within fifteen (15) feet of the work area has been staked, marked, or otherwise designated by other notified operators.

(2) The Company shall not commence the excavation or demolition on the stated commencement date if they are notified by an operator that a staking, marking, or other designation(s) of an underground facility located in or within fifteen (15) feet of the proposed work area will not be completed on the stated commencement date. In such a case, the operator is required to promptly report such a fact to the Company and provide a prompt and practicable completion date, which in no case shall be more than two (2) working days after the Company’s stated commencement date, unless a longer period is agreed on by the operator and the Company. The Company may proceed with excavation or demolition prior to its stated date of commencement once the Company has received notification from each and every operator notified by the respective One Call Center that operators have no underground facilities located in or within fifteen (15) feet of their work area. h. Staking, Marking, or Other Designations. Company forces shall be familiar with the Code 753 Uniform Color Coding utilized by all operators of underground facilities for staking and marking excavation sites as identified in paragraphs 3.1i and 3.1j. If the Company determines that a review of an operator's staking, marking, or other designation is necessary or that additional information is required, the Company shall notify the operator or the respective One Call Center. Starting on the stated commencement date provided in the Company’s notice to the respective One Call Center, the Company shall be responsible for protecting and preserving the staking, marking, or other designation until no longer required for proper and safe excavation or demolition work at or near the underground facility.

DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 3 OF

CI-280-2 May 7, 2013 CI-280-2 Feb 12,’07 13 PAGES

SUBJECT NOTICES OF INTENT TO EXCAVATE, DEMOLISH, OR BLAST BY COMPANY OR OTHERS

i. Verification of Underground Facilities.

(1) Where an underground facility has been staked, marked, or otherwise designated by an operator and the tolerance zone (defined as: the distance of one-half of the known diameter plus two [2] feet, on either side of the designated center line, or if the diameter of the underground facility is not known, two [2] feet on either side of the designated center line) overlaps with any part of the work area, or the projected line of a bore/directional drill intersects the tolerance zone, the Company shall verify the precise location, type, size, direction of run, and depth of such underground facility or its encasement. Verification shall be completed before the excavation or demolition is commenced or shall be performed as the work progresses.

(2) Powered or mechanized equipment may be used within the tolerance zone for removal of pavement or masonry but only to the depth of such pavement or masonry.

(3) The Company shall verify other operator underground facilities furnishing gas or liquid petroleum products by exposing the underground facility or its encasement to view by means of hand dug test holes at one or more points where the work area and tolerance zone overlap, or more points as designated by other operators of such facilities. Verification of underground facilities other than those furnishing gas or liquid petroleum products, shall be performed at one or more points for each such underground facility as may be required by another operator. Verification shall be accomplished by exposing the underground facility or its encasement to view by hand dug test holes. j. Unverifiable Underground Facilities. If the precise location of an underground facility cannot be verified by the Company after diligent search at a reasonable depth within the tolerance zone as staked, marked, or otherwise designated by an operator, the Company shall so notify such operator as soon as possible to verify its location or for the operator to provide the Company prompt field assistance or use other means mutually agreed to by the Company and operator to locate the facility. k. Powered Excavating Equipment Limitations. After verifying the location of any underground facility (Company or otherwise), the Company shall not employ powered or mechanical excavating equipment closer than four (4) inches in any direction from the staked, marked, or otherwise designated or known outside diameter or perimeter of any underground facility or its protective coating.

DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 4 OF

CI-280-2 May 7, 2013 CI-280-2 Feb 12,’07 13 PAGES

SUBJECT NOTICES OF INTENT TO EXCAVATE, DEMOLISH, OR BLAST BY COMPANY OR OTHERS

l. Discovery of Unknown Underground Facilities. Where an undesignated or otherwise unknown underground facility is discovered within a work area, the Company shall report such a discovery as follows:

(1) If the identity of the operator of the discovered underground facility is known or is obvious, the Company shall report the discovery to such operator. The operator shall respond immediately and determine whether or not such discovered facility is theirs by means of records, on-site inspection, or otherwise as soon as practicable and advise the Company if they may proceed with excavation in the immediate area.

(2) If the identity of the operator is not known or obvious, the Company shall report the discovery to the respective One Call Center and each operator notified by the One Call Center shall respond immediately as covered in paragraph 3.1, sub-paragraph l (1), determining whether or not such discovered facility is owned by them.

(3) While awaiting a determination of ownership, the Company may proceed with the excavation or demolition taking reasonable care to protect and prevent damage to such underground facility.

(a) Contact and Damage To Underground Facilities - The Company shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent contact or damage to underground facilities and their protective coatings, including but not limited to, compliance with any reasonable directions or acceptable engineering practices given by affected underground facility operators.

1. In the event of contact with or damage to an underground facility, the Company shall immediately notify the operator of the facility.

2. All excavation or demolition in the immediate vicinity of the contacted or damaged portion of the underground facility shall be suspended until such portion is repaired and the operator advises the Company that excavation or demolition may proceed.

3. No backfilling shall be done by the Company in the vicinity of the contact or damage until the operator conducts an inspection and makes any necessary repairs. The Company shall undertake no repairs unless and until authorized by the operator.

DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 5 OF

CI-280-2 May 7, 2013 CI-280-2 Feb 12,’07 13 PAGES

SUBJECT NOTICES OF INTENT TO EXCAVATE, DEMOLISH, OR BLAST BY COMPANY OR OTHERS

(b) Underground Facilities in Danger of Failing - If the Company is removing surrounding materials and exposes an underground facility, which in its judgment appears to have failed or to be in potential danger of failing from corrosion or other causes, it shall immediately report such a condition to the operator of such underground facility.

1. The Company shall delay any further work in the immediate vicinity of such underground facility, which could jeopardize it but may proceed in areas not affecting the questionable facility.

2. The Company shall proceed in the immediate vicinity after the operator responds and takes necessary action in regard thereto and advises the Company that it may proceed. m. Support and Protection for Underground Facilities. The Company shall provide prompt and adequate support and protection for every underground facility located in the work area as is reasonably specified by the operator of any such facility.

(1) In the absence of any specifications by the operator, the Company shall provide support and protection in accordance with generally accepted engineering practices and OSHA Spec 29 CFR 1926 Sub-Part “P” including but not limited to shoring and bracing.

(2) Support shall be at least equivalent to the previously existing support and shall protect the underground facility against freezing and against traffic and other loads.

(3) Support shall be maintained during excavation, during backfilling, and, if necessary, after backfilling is completed.

(4) The operator may in agreement with the Company provide such support. n. Backfilling. The Company shall backfill in accordance with operator specifications or in absence of specifications, with suitable materials to avoid damage to and provide support for such underground facility and its protective coating both during and after backfilling operations.

(1) The Company shall not place large rock, frozen earth, organic material, rubble, debris, or other heavy or sharp materials or objects, which could cause damage to or scrape against any underground facility.

DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 6 OF

CI-280-2 May 7, 2013 CI-280-2 Feb 12,’07 13 PAGES

SUBJECT NOTICES OF INTENT TO EXCAVATE, DEMOLISH, OR BLAST BY COMPANY OR OTHERS

(2) Backfill beneath and around any underground facility shall be properly compacted in accordance with acceptable engineering practices and regulatory requirements.

(3) Heavy loads and excessive forces shall not be imposed on any exposed underground facility at any time during backfilling operations.

3.2 Contractors Excavating for Con Edison – Agents or contractors excavating for Con Edison shall comply with 16 NYCRR Part 753 and OSHA Spec 29 CFR 1926 Sub-Part “P” and all other applicable laws.

3.3 Con Edison as Operator –

a. One Call Participation and Membership. Facilities Protection, Construction, is responsible for maintaining Company membership and participation in the New York State (NYS) One Call Notification System.

b. Operator Information for the One Call Notification System. Facilities Protection is responsible for providing all Company operator required information and or revisions to the NYS One Call Notification System.

c. Receiving of One Call Center Notifications. Facilities Protection is responsible for establishing and maintaining the means and method of receiving and monitoring all excavator notifications received and transmitted from the NYS One Call Notification System that identify the Company as an operator with potential facility interest.

d. Company Response to One Call Center Notices. Prior to the commencement date of excavation or demolition work stated on a received One Call Notice, the vendor assigned to Facilities Protection, shall make a reasonable attempt to inform the excavator that:

(1) Con Edison has no underground facilities in or within fifteen (15) feet of the stated work area.

(2) Every underground facility owned and operated by Con Edison, which is located in or within fifteen (15) feet of the stated work area has been staked, marked, or otherwise identified.

(3) Where the vendor assigned to Facilities Protection cannot complete the staking, marking, or otherwise identify the Company’s underground facility prior to the stated commencement date and time of the excavation or demolition, the vendor shall promptly report such a fact to the excavator and shall inform the excavator of a prompt and practicable completion

DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 7 OF

CI-280-2 May 7, 2013 CI-280-2 Feb 12,’07 13 PAGES

SUBJECT NOTICES OF INTENT TO EXCAVATE, DEMOLISH, OR BLAST BY COMPANY OR OTHERS

date that in no case shall be more than two (2) working days after the excavator’s stated commencement date unless a longer period is agreed to by both the excavator and the vendor acting as a representative of the Company.

(4) If an excavator requests a review of any staking, marking, or other identification, Facilities Protection shall comply with such request as soon as possible. e. Locating Company Underground Facilities. Whenever Company underground facilities are in or within fifteen (15) feet of a work area, in all operating areas, such facilities shall be located by the vendor assigned to Facilities Protection accurately and with due care, by means of staking and marking, utilizing the most current Company maps and plates. A combination of utilizing the most current Company maps and plates and toning (the use of the best available electronic pipe and cable locating devices) shall be utilized where practical and usable to accurately locate Company facilities in the Bronx, Brooklyn, Manhattan, Queens, Staten Island, and Westchester.

Note: Responsibilities of mark out functions in Staten Island are managed by Construction (Staten Island Public Improvement Construction). f. Staking and Marking. The vendor assigned to Facilities Protection shall stake, mark, and identify Company underground facilities as follows: (Note: Responsibilities of mark out functions in Staten Island are managed by Construction [Staten Island Public Improvement Construction]).

(1) Stakes and surface markings shall be provided preferably at the center line of the underground facility and at such sufficient intervals as is necessary to indicate clearly the location and direction of the run of such underground facility.

(a) All stakes and surface markings shall be Color Coded in accordance with paragraphs 3.3h and 3.3i in order to identify the type of underground facility so staked or marked.

(b) Stakes and surface markings shall indicate in inches the size or diameter of the underground facility or its encasement, if known. If the underground facility is a gas pipeline operating at or above 125 psig, the markings shall clearly indicate “TP” for Transmission Pressure.

DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 8 OF

CI-280-2 May 7, 2013 CI-280-2 Feb 12,’07 13 PAGES

SUBJECT NOTICES OF INTENT TO EXCAVATE, DEMOLISH, OR BLAST BY COMPANY OR OTHERS

(c) Surface markings shall consist of paint, dye, or equivalent material that is Color Coded in accordance with paragraphs 3.3h and 3.3i, which contrasts with the ground or equivalent surface.

(d) Where field conditions exist so as to render center line staking or marking impractical or confusing, the locate technicians may indicate the location of an underground facility by means of offset staking or remote tie-in markings, which will clearly indicate the location and direction of run of the facility. g. Non-Staking or Marking of Underground Facilities. If staking or marking is not used to indicate the location of an underground facility, Construction, Gas, Electric, or Steam operating areas shall designate such location as follows:

(1) By exposing the underground facility or its encasement to view within the work area in a manner sufficient to allow the excavator to verify the type, size, direction of run, and depth of the facility.

(2) By providing field representation and instruction to the excavator in the work area.

(3) By any other means as mutually agreed to by a Company representative and the excavator including, but not limited to, written descriptions, photographs, and verbal instructions. Such agreement shall be provided in writing on request of the excavator. h. Uniform Color Code Designations. The Company or its mark out vendor acting as a representative shall use the following uniform Color Code for staking and marking to designate the location of applicable owned and/or operated Company underground facilities:

(1) Yellow - Gas, oil, petroleum products, steam, compressed air, compressed gasses, and all other hazardous liquid or gaseous materials except water.

(2) Red - Electric Power Lines and Conduits.

(3) Orange - Communication lines or cables, including but not limited to telephone, telegraph, fire signals, cable television, civil defense, data systems, electronic controls, and other instrumentation.

DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 9 OF

CI-280-2 May 7, 2013 CI-280-2 Feb 12,’07 13 PAGES

SUBJECT NOTICES OF INTENT TO EXCAVATE, DEMOLISH, OR BLAST BY COMPANY OR OTHERS

(4) Blue - Water

(5) Green - Storm and sanitary sewers including force mains and other non-hazardous materials

(6) Purple - Radioactive Materials

(7) White - Excavation Site

(8) Pink - Survey Markings i. Uniform Identification Letters. Staking and marking utilized to locate Company underground facilities shall contain letter designations that will clearly identify the type of underground facility that the Company owns and operates and shall be so staked or marked as follows:

(1) C - Communication Facilities (other than telephone service) (2) CH - Chemicals (3) CTV - Cable Television (4) E - Electrical Power (5) FS - Fire Signals (6) G - Gas (7) GTM - Gas Transmission Main (8) HPW - High-pressure Water (100 psig or more) (9) PP - Petroleum Products (naphtha, gasoline, kerosene, and similar products) (10) S - Sewer (11) ST - Steam (12) T - Telephone Company Services (13) TC - Traffic Control Signals (14) W - Water (15) O - All Other Facilities j. Response to Notices of Contact or Damage, Facilities in Danger of Failing, and Discovery of Unknown Underground Facilities.

(1) On receipt of a notice from an excavator or a One Call Center Notification reporting contact or damage to a Company underground facility, Company emergency operations shall immediately inspect such facility and make the necessary repairs or advise the excavator that the excavation work may proceed. Repairs may be performed by the Company or other Company authorized qualified individuals.

DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 10 OF

CI-280-2 May 7, 2013 CI-280-2 Feb 12,’07 13 PAGES

SUBJECT NOTICES OF INTENT TO EXCAVATE, DEMOLISH, OR BLAST BY COMPANY OR OTHERS

(2) On receipt of a notice from an excavator or a One Call Center Notification of the discovery of a Company underground facility in danger of failing, Company forces shall respond immediately and take any necessary action in regard thereto and advise the excavator as to whether to proceed in the immediate area.

(3) When the Company has been notified by an excavator or a One Call Center Notification that an unknown underground facility has been discovered that may be a Company owned facility, Construction shall determine whether or not the discovered facility in question belongs to the Company by means of records, on-site inspection, or other means as soon as practicable. Construction shall advise the excavator whether or not the facility is Company owned and/or advise the excavator under what special requirements they can proceed. k. Unverifiable Underground Facilities. If an excavator notifies the Company that after diligent search at a reasonable depth within the tolerance zone as staked, marked, or otherwise designated by the Company that the location of a Company underground facility cannot be verified, Construction shall verify such location as soon as possible or shall provide the excavator with prompt field assistance or use other means mutually agreed to by the excavator and Construction to locate the facility. l. Pre-demolition Requirements. In addition to Facilities Protection responding in accordance with paragraph 3.3e, Construction shall attend pre-demolition conferences at the excavator's request. m. One Call Center Design Purpose Requests. Facilities Protection shall provide the means by which information regarding the location of its owned and operated underground facilities requested through the One Call Centers by outside consultants and engineers can be obtained for design purposes. Such means may include, but not limited to maps, meetings, or marking in accordance with paragraphs 3.3e and 3.3f and performed within mutually agreed time frames. n. Company and Contractor Code 753 Damage Prevention, Education, and Awareness Responsibility. Facilities Protection shall on its own initiative or through the One Call Center, conduct a program to educate respective Company field operations departments, its agents, and/or excavators on the possible hazards associated with damage to all Company owned and operated underground facilities, the importance of reporting gas odors and leaks, and the potential safety, environmental, and service reliability issues associated with excavation activity around such facilities.

DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 11 OF

CI-280-2 May 7, 2013 CI-280-2 Feb 12,’07 13 PAGES

SUBJECT NOTICES OF INTENT TO EXCAVATE, DEMOLISH, OR BLAST BY COMPANY OR OTHERS

o. Demolition or Blasting when Con Edison is Operator.

(1) Upon Company receipt of a One Call Notification that an excavator other than the Company will be performing demolition or blasting and such excavator has requested a pre-demolition conference as referenced in paragraph 3.1c, Construction shall represent the Company as an operator and arrange to attend such a conference. Construction shall notify the appropriate Gas Operations, Electric Operations, and Steam Operations departments with operating and engineering responsibilities of the locations and dates when excavator demolition and blasting will commence. The appropriate Gas Operations, Electric Operations, and Steam Operations departments with operating and engineering responsibilities shall determine what precautions are necessary prior to the commencement of excavator demolition and blasting.

(2) After demolition or blasting, Construction shall notify the appropriate Gas Operations and Electric Operations departments with engineering responsibilities that the blasting has been successfully completed. Gas Engineering shall establish criteria to determine the need for gas leak surveys and alert Construction if repair is needed and for accommodation billing to the excavator when appropriate. If demolition or blasting is done over an extended period, leak surveys shall be made at appropriate intervals by Gas Operations.

3.4 Record Keeping – Construction area damage coordinators and the Facilities Protection damage coordinator shall maintain a record of all excavator related damages to Company electric, gas, steam, and communication facilities until all claims are settled. All excavator related damages shall be retained for a period of seven (7) years.

4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES --

4.1 Electric Operations and Steam Operations – Each General Manager or Director is responsible for assuring that appropriate construction personnel are trained in and are adhering to these procedures and instructions.

4.2 Gas Operations – Shall provide periodic notice to the public in compliance with this Instruction and is responsible for assuring that appropriate construction personnel are trained in and are adhering to these procedures and instructions.

DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 12 OF

CI-280-2 May 7, 2013 CI-280-2 Feb 12,’07 13 PAGES

SUBJECT NOTICES OF INTENT TO EXCAVATE, DEMOLISH, OR BLAST BY COMPANY OR OTHERS

4.3 Construction –

a. Facilities Protection. Shall provide periodic notice to agents or excavators regarding their 16NYCRR Part 753 and OSHA Spec 29 CFR 1926 Sub-Part “P” responsibilities referenced in paragraph 3.2 of this Instruction.

b. Construction Managers are responsible for assuring that appropriate construction personnel are trained in and are adhering to these procedures and instructions.

5.0 REFERENCES --

5.1 Corporate Instruction CI-730-3, “Processing of a Claim when Company Property is Damaged”

5.2 Corporate Instruction CI-920-1, “Gas Facilities – Clearances, Encroachments, Clearance, and Corrosion”

5.3 Corporate Instruction CI-940-1, “Processing Gas Mapping Information”

5.4 G-11839-8, “Replacement and Maintenance of Cast Iron Pipe Located in Construction Areas”

5.5 G-11863-8, “Inspection and Maintenance Requirements Associated with Excavation Activities Near Gas Pipelines Operating at 125 PSIG and Above”

6.0 ADVICE AND COUNSEL -- The Vice President, Construction, shall provide advice and counsel on this Instruction.

DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 13 OF

CI-280-2 May 7, 2013 CI-280-2 Feb 12,’07 13 PAGES

CONSOLIDATED EDISON COMPANY OF NEW YORK, INC. 4 IRVING PLACE NEW YORK, NY 10003

DISTRIBUTION ENGINEERING TOOLS AND STRUCTURES

SPECIFICATION EO-1181 REVISION 7 October, 2016

EFFECTIVE DATE October, 2016

GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR BACKFILLING OF TRENCH AND SMALL OPENINGS

FILE: CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS MANUAL NO. 3, SECTION37

TARGET AUDIENCE REGIONAL CONSTRUCTION NESC REFERENCE NONE

Copyright Information 2007-2016 Consolidated Edison Co. of New York, Inc. Paper copies of procedures and instructions are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please consult Distribution Page 1/9 Engineering Intranet Site Distribution Engineering or http://distribution for the current version prior to use. TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0PURPOSE...... 3

2.0APPLICATION...... 3

3.0REFERENCES...... 3

4.0DEFINITIONS...... 4

5.0REQUIREMENTS ...... 5

5.1.Compaction...... 5

5.2.Density Testing ...... 5

5.3.Procedure For Electric Duct Backfill...... 6

5.4.Procedure For 69, 138, & 345kv Cable Pipe Installation...... 6

5.5.Procedure For Backfilling Gas Trenches & Small Openings ...... 7

5.6.Backfilling Concrete Coated & Steel Jacketed Steam Main Trenches8

6.0PRECAUTIONS ...... 9

Specification Revision Rev Date Effective Copyright Information Page Date 2/9 EO-1181 7 10/11/2016 10/14/2016 2007-2016 Consolidated Edison Co. of New York, Inc. Filing Information Construction Standards Manual No. 3, Section 37 Paper copies of procedures and instructions are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please consult Distribution Engineering Intranet Site Distribution Engineering or http://distribution, for the current version prior to use. 1.0 PURPOSE

This specification details the procedures to be followed in backfilling all Con Edison street openings for electric, gas and steamfacilities.

2.0 APPLICATION

This specification applies to all Con Edison Customer Service Areas.

3.0 REFERENCES 3.1. EO-8085- GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR BACKFILL AND BEDDING MATERIAL FOR EXCAVATION

3.2. - Specification for the Installation of High Pressure Pipe For 69, 138, and 345 kV Cable Systems

3.3. CI-920-1 - Gas Facilities – Clearances, Encroachments, Interference, and Corrosion.

3.4. DOJT GAS6020 : “Visual Inspection of Exposed PE Fuses”

3.5. DOJT GAS6020 : “Visual Inspection of Exposed PE Fuses”

3.6. DWG 309495- Trench Excavation for Gas Mains & Services up to 350 PSIG

3.7. EO-5570-C- Clearances of Electric Subway from Gas Mains and Other Subsurface Structures

3.8. EO-5571-B- Typical Installation One, Two or Four Duct Electric Subway with 2” to 12” Gas Main in Common Trench

3.9. EO-6799-C- Steel Protective Covers for Gas Mains and Services up to 350 PSIG.

3.10. G-8005- General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Mains

3.11. G-8100- General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Services

3.12. “General Specification for Excavation Trenches and Opening and Installing Outside Plant Steam Facilities#122”

Specification Revision Rev Date Effective Copyright Information Page Date 3/9 EO-1181 7 10/11/2016 10/14/2016 2007-2016 Consolidated Edison Co. of New York, Inc. Filing Information Construction Standards Manual No. 3, Section 37 Paper copies of procedures and instructions are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please consult Distribution Engineering Intranet Site Distribution Engineering or http://distribution, for the current version prior to use. 3.13. Steam Information Bulletin #12

3.14. ASTM D-698- Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort

3.15. ASTM D-1556- Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by Sand-Cone Method

4.0 DEFINITIONS

4.1. The term “Engineer” used in this specification refers to the Distribution Tools & Structures Engineer or his authorized representative.

4.2. The term Construction Representative shall mean the Construction Manager, Contract Construction Manager, or his authorized representative.

4.3. The terms “Type 3/8", “Type I” and “Type II” shall be as defined in EO-8085.

4.4. The term "small opening" shall refer to street openings which are 6' x 5' or smaller.

4.5. The term "suitable backfill" shall refer to in-place material excavated from the trench or opening which satisfies the following requirements:

4.5.1. The excavated material shall be free of all broken asphalt pavement, broken concrete, brick, all organic material, and all debris.

4.5.2. The excavated material shall be substantially sandy soil gritty and granular in texture and have a small amount of rocks compared to the total volume of soil. It shall have no rocks greater than 2 inches in size.

4.5.3. The excavated material shall be substantially free of clay like or clayey soil. Clayey soil shall be determined as soil that is powder like in texture when dry and capable of being molded when wet.

4.5.4. Frozen backfill material shall either be removed or broken Specification Revision Rev Date Effective Copyright Information Page Date 4/9 EO-1181 7 10/11/2016 10/14/2016 2007-2016 Consolidated Edison Co. of New York, Inc. Filing Information Construction Standards Manual No. 3, Section 37 Paper copies of procedures and instructions are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please consult Distribution Engineering Intranet Site Distribution Engineering or http://distribution, for the current version prior to use. into small particles before being compacted. Excessively wet material shall be mixed with dry material to reduce moisture content before backfilling.

4.5.5. Fill materials, known as “Stone Dust”, or “Pond Fill”, containing crystalline silica shall not be used as backfill material.

4.5.6. If there are any questions as to suitability of the excavated material, the Engineer shall be consulted.

4.6. The term "mechanical compaction" shall mean the use of equipment, either impact or plate vibratory, which is designed specifically for soil compaction. The term "hand tamping" shall mean compaction of backfill by means of a plate tamper, which will impart sufficient force to compact the backfill material.

4.7. The term "wetted backfill" shall mean backfill material containing sufficient moisture so that when molded by hand it will form a firm shape. If the specimen crumbles it lacks sufficient moisture. If water is squeezed from the specimen it contains too much moisture.

5.0 REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Compaction

5.1.1. The term "compacted", for both "mechanical compaction" and "hand tamping", shall mean a minimum level of compaction of 95% of the maximum dry density of the backfill material used as determined by a Standard Proctor Test (ASTM D- 698). In lieu of a Standard Proctor Test a "one point" test shall be done by taking a sample of the soil and compacting it using a Standard Proctor mold procedure and determining the maximum in field density that can be obtained and 95% of this value should be used as a comparison to the actual compaction achieved.

5.1.2. In lieu of the above, when using "suitable backfill", compaction will be considered adequate if density readings of the compacted fill equal 95% of the readings of the in-place material (i.e. density readings must be taken at the time of excavation to use as reference for compaction). For this type of "before and after" comparison, devices such as the nuclear density tester may be used.

Specification Revision Rev Date Effective Copyright Information Page Date 5/9 EO-1181 7 10/11/2016 10/14/2016 2007-2016 Consolidated Edison Co. of New York, Inc. Filing Information Construction Standards Manual No. 3, Section 37 Paper copies of procedures and instructions are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please consult Distribution Engineering Intranet Site Distribution Engineering or http://distribution, for the current version prior to use. 5.2. Density Testing

5.2.1. The sand-cone test, ASTM D1556 or nuclear density tester may be used for all in place density tests. Other methods may be used upon approval of the Engineer.

5.2.2. The Construction Representative or Engineer may order as many in-place density tests as he deems necessary to insure proper compaction. If an in-place density test indicates insufficient compaction, the Contractor shall re-compact the area in question until the backfill is compacted to the requirements set forth in paragraph 5.1.1. The Contractor may elect to take additional tests 5 feet on both sides of the test which failed, and average the values of the three readings. If the average value of the three tests meets the compaction requirements, the area in question will be considered sufficiently compacted and no additional compaction will be required. If the average value does not meet the compaction requirements, the Contractor will be required to pay for the two additional in-place density tests and to re-compact the area, which has been determined to be insufficiently compacted. Test after re-compaction.

5.3. Inspection of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fusion Joints on Gas Pipe in All Company Trenches and Small Excavations

5.3.1. PE plastic fusion joints on gas distribution mains and services exposed during the normal course of excavation work performed by the Company or its contractors in Company gas franchise area (Manhattan, Bronx, Westchester and Queens 1st and 3rd Wards) shall be inspected and documented prior to being backfilled. See DOJT GAS6020 : “Visual Inspection of Exposed PE Fuses” for details on identifying PE plastic gas pipe and fusion joints as well as inspection requirements.

5.4. Procedure For Electric Duct Backfill

5.4.1. The following backfill procedure shall be used for concrete duct, asbestos cement, and plastic and fiber conduit.

5.4.2. Where the ducts are in a rock area, a minimum 4" bed of Type 3/8" backfill shall be placed. It shall be wetted and mechanically compacted to form a firm base for the support

Specification Revision Rev Date Effective Copyright Information Page Date 6/9 EO-1181 7 10/11/2016 10/14/2016 2007-2016 Consolidated Edison Co. of New York, Inc. Filing Information Construction Standards Manual No. 3, Section 37 Paper copies of procedures and instructions are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please consult Distribution Engineering Intranet Site Distribution Engineering or http://distribution, for the current version prior to use. of the ducts. Suitable backfill shall be free of stones larger than 2 inches.

5.4.3. For concrete conduit, asbestos cement conduit, plastic and fibre conduit encased in concrete, the trench shall be filled with suitable backfill as defined in paragraph 4.5 or Type II material (EO-8085) in 12 inch wetted lifts. Each lift shall be mechanically compacted.

5.4.4. For direct buried asbestos cement, plastic and fibre conduit, the trench shall be filled with Type 3/8 material to a level of 12 inches above the ducts. It shall be compacted by hand in a no more than 12 inch wetted lifts. The remaining trench shall be backfilled with suitable backfill or Type II material (EO-8085) in 12 inch wetted lifts mechanically compacted.

5.5. Procedure For 69, 138, and 345 kV Cable Pipe Installation

5.5.1. All installations of 69KV, 138KV, and 345KV cable pipe type feeders shall comply with the requirements set forth in CE- TS-3352.

5.5.2. The requirement for the use of excavated material as "suitable backfill" shall follow the requirements of paragraph 4.5.

5.6. Procedure For Backfilling Gas Trenches & Small Openings

5.6.1. Ensure proper clearances are maintained between gas facilities and other facilities or structures as per EO-5570-C, EO-5571-B, EO-6799-C, and CI-920-1.

5.6.2. Gas Mains and Services in Trenches

All gas mains and services installed and backfilled in a trench shall be in accordance with Gas Specifications G-8005, G- 8100, and DWG 309495.

5.6.3. Cast Iron, Plastic & Steel Gas Pipe In Small Openings

a. Backfill material shall be Type 3/8, or suitable existing backfill, which has been segregated to remove all rocks, which may damage the pipe coating

b. Openings shall be backfilled to a height of 12 inches above Specification Revision Rev Date Effective Copyright Information Page Date 7/9 EO-1181 7 10/11/2016 10/14/2016 2007-2016 Consolidated Edison Co. of New York, Inc. Filing Information Construction Standards Manual No. 3, Section 37 Paper copies of procedures and instructions are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please consult Distribution Engineering Intranet Site Distribution Engineering or http://distribution, for the current version prior to use. the pipe in a maximum of 12 inch wetted lifts, which shall be hand, compacted. The remainder of the openings shall be backfilled in 12 inch wetted lifts with Type I or Type II or "suitable backfilled" as per paragraph 4.5 which shall be mechanically compacted . c. The density of the compacted backfill shall be tested and accepted or rejected in accordance with paragraph 5.2.2

5.7. Backfilling Concrete Coated & Steel Jacketed Procedure for Steam Main Trenches

5.7.1. All the backfilling of steam pipe trenches shall be in compliance with the requirements of Central Engineering – Steam Distribution, Information Bulletin No. 12, and General Specification for Excavating Trenches and Openings and Installing Outside Plant Steam Facilities #122.

5.7.2. A smooth surface shall be established in the bottom of the trench and the pipes leveled and laid on a firm base. Where the trench is in a rock area, a minimum of 4 inches of Type I material shall be placed, wetted and mechanically compacted to form a firm base.

5.7.3. The trench shall be backfilled with Type I, or Type II or suitable backfill material in 12 inch wetted lifts, which shall be mechanically compacted

5.7.4. The backfill shall be tested and accepted or rejected in accordance with paragraph 5.2.2.

6.0 PRECAUTIONS

If a work site is found to contain existing fill material that contains or comprised of “Stone Dust” or “pond Fill”, the contractor shall cover the material with a 3” layer of sand. If this material is found to be stockpiled at a work site, it shall be covered with a tarpaulin or removed from the work site.

Specification Revision Rev Date Effective Copyright Information Page Date 8/9 EO-1181 7 10/11/2016 10/14/2016 2007-2016 Consolidated Edison Co. of New York, Inc. Filing Information Construction Standards Manual No. 3, Section 37 Paper copies of procedures and instructions are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please consult Distribution Engineering Intranet Site Distribution Engineering or http://distribution, for the current version prior to use. REVISION No. 7 FILE:

x Added References. Construction Standards Manual 3 x Add 69, and 345 KV feeders. Section 237 - Subway x Added Steam, and Gas Department Specs, and Gas safety concern.

Mohsen Shaaker (Signature on File) Mohsen Shaaker Manager Tools and Structures Distribution Engineering

Maged Filtes

Specification Revision Rev Date Effective Copyright Information Page Date 9/9 EO-1181 7 10/11/2016 10/14/2016 2007-2016 Consolidated Edison Co. of New York, Inc. Filing Information Construction Standards Manual No. 3, Section 37 Paper copies of procedures and instructions are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please consult Distribution Engineering Intranet Site Distribution Engineering or http://distribution, for the current version prior to use. 016'5

BILL OF MATERIAL

9 21 17

LAST REVIEW DATE: REVIEW CYCLE: 3/30/16 5 Years

SPECIFICATION: G-1066-11

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING (NDT) PERSONNEL AND NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING PROCEDURES

VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) and 10

REVISIONS:

1) This specification has been revised to incorporate comments made by GTI’s technical experts and Con Edison’s subject matter experts.

. G-1066-11

Gas Operations Standards

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING (NDT) PERSONNEL AND

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING PROCEDURES

EFFECTIVE DATE: April 29, 2016

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

1.0 SCOPE 2

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 2

3.0 DEFINITIONS 2

4.0 QUALIFICATION OF RADIOGRAPHERS 3

5.0 QUALIFICATION OF RADIOGRAPHIC 4 PROCEDURES

6.0 QUALIFICATION OF NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING 4 PERSONNEL OTHER THAN RADIOGRAPHERS

7.0 QUALIFICATION OF NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING 5 PROCEDURES

8.0 QUALIFICATION CARD REQUIREMENTS 5

APPENDIX A – Personnel Certification Form

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW BY: Warren Miller SAFETY REVIEW BY: Warren Miller PREPARED APPROVED BY: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 1 BY: and 10 OF Robert Mayou Chief Engineer Construction 5 J. Powers Gas Transmission Engineering 3/30/16 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF NONDESTRUCTIVE

TESTING (NDT) PERSONNEL AND

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING PROCEDURES

1.0 SCOPE

1.1 This specification describes the requirements for qualifying nondestructive testing personnel and nondestructive testing procedures.

1.2 All nondestructive testing personnel must qualify in accordance with this specification before performing examination of welds on Company pipe.

1.3 All nondestructive inspections must be performed in accordance with a qualified nondestructive testing procedure approved by Gas Engineering.

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

2.1 NY 255.241(c), 255.243 (a), (b), & (c)

2.2 Part 192.241(c), 192.243 (a) & (b)

3.0 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Radiographer - A qualified technician employed by the inspection agency who will be engaged in the production and evaluation of radiographs as required by this specification.

3.2 Inspection - A Company approved firm, corporation or Agency other organization engaged in nondestructive testing.

3.3 ASNT - American Society for Nondestructive Testing - SNT Recommended Practice Document No. SNT-TC-IA, latest edition.

3.4 API 1104 - American Petroleum Institute Standard for Welding Pipeline and Related Facilities, Twentieth Edition, including Errata/Addendum [July 2007] and Errata 2 [December 2008], Re Affirmed April 2010.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 and 10 PAGE 2

Construction Standards, OF 5 G-1066-11 3/30/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF NONDESTRUCTIVE

TESTING (NDT) PERSONNEL AND

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING PROCEDURES

3.0 DEFINITIONS (Continued)

3.5 Engineer - The Chief Gas Transmission Engineer of the Gas Engineering Department or his/her duly authorized representative.

3.6 Nondestructive - An ASNT-qualified technician employed by the Testing (NDT) inspection agency who will be engaged in the Personnel nondestructive testing of pipe.

4.0 QUALIFICATION OF RADIOGRAPHERS

4.1 TYPE OF QUALIFICATION

A) Radiographers shall have a minimum NDT Level II qualification and be certified in accordance with requirements of API 1104.

B) NDT Level II Radiographers shall be qualified to make tests, read, interpret and evaluate radiographs in accordance with API 1104, Twentieth Edition, Section 9.3.

4.2 CERTIFICATION

A) Pipeline radiographers shall be qualified in accordance with the recommendations of The American Society for Non-Destructive Testing recommended practice SNT-TC-1A, latest edition.

B) Level II Radiographers shall be requalified every 3 years. Level III Radiographers shall be requalified every 5 years.

C) Radiographers may be required to requalify anytime at the Company’s option, or if any questions arise about their ability.

D) All certifications shall be automatically terminated when a change of employer occurs.

4.3 REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION

Prior to production radiography, the inspection agency shall furnish to the Engineer a personnel certification report for each radiographer on a form similar to Appendix A.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 and 10 PAGE 3

Construction Standards, OF 5 G-1066-11 3/30/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF NONDESTRUCTIVE

TESTING (NDT) PERSONNEL AND

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING PROCEDURES

5.0 QUALIFICATION OF RADIOGRAPHIC PROCEDURES

5.1 A copy of each radiographic procedure shall be furnished to the Engineer for record. Each procedure shall include the details stipulated in the latest edition of API 1104.

5.2 Exposure geometry for each source shall be as per the latest edition of API 1104.

6.0 QUALIFICATION OF NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING PERSONNEL OTHER THAN RADIOGRAPHERS

6.1 TYPE OF QUALIFICATION

A) NDT personnel performing magnetic particle, liquid penetrant or ultrasonic tests, including ultrasonic wall thickness measurements, shall have a minimum Level II qualification, and be qualified in accordance with the latest edition of API 1104.

B) NDT personnel shall be qualified to make tests, and interpret test results in accordance with the acceptance standards for non- destructive testing in accordance with the latest edition of API 1104.

6.2 CERTIFICATION

A) Nondestructive testing personnel shall be certified to Level I, II, or III in accordance with the recommendations of American Society for Nondestructive Testing, Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A, latest edition.

B) Level II NDT personnel shall be requalified every 3 years.

C) Level III NDT personnel shall be requalified every 5 years.

6.3 REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION

Prior to performing any production NDT and acceptance interpretation of company production welds, the inspection agency shall furnish to the Engineer a personnel certification report for each NDT inspector per requirements of this specification.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 and 10 PAGE 4

Construction Standards, OF 5 G-1066-11 3/30/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF NONDESTRUCTIVE

TESTING (NDT) PERSONNEL AND

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING PROCEDURES

7.0 QUALIFICATION OF NONDESTUCTIVE TESTING PROCEDURES

A copy of each nondestructive testing procedure shall be furnished to the Engineer for record. Each procedure shall include the details stipulated in the latest edition of API 1104.

8.0 QUALIFICATION CARD REQUIREMENTS

All radiographers and other NDT personnel performing work on Company pipe shall have in their possession, a Qualification card issued by the Inspection Agency stipulating the following:

1) Name of person qualified

2) NDT Level of certification, type of certification, and limitations, if any

3) Effective date of certification

4) Date certification expires.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 and 10 PAGE 5

Construction Standards, OF 5 G-1066-11 3/30/16 O&M Manual PAGES

APPENDIX A

PERSONNEL CERTIFICATION FORM

A.1 EMPLOYEE

CERTIFICATION LEVEL CERTIFICATION TYPE

TEST METHOD CERTIFICATION DATE

RESTRICTIONS TO CERTIFICATION (if any):

A.2 EXAMINATION

A.3 GRADING OF EXAMINATIONS

EXAMINATION DATE % SCORE % WEIGHT %SCORE EXAMINER

General

Specific

Practical

A.4 EXAMINER'S COMMENTS:

Certifying Agency Examiner's Signature

Page 1 of 1 G-1066-11

LAST REVIEW DATE: REVIEW CYCLE: 3/31/16 5 Years

SPECIFICATION: G-8005-25a

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10

REGISTRATION NO: GAS0073

TARGET TRAINING Gas Construction, Emergency GROUPS: Response Force (ERF), Gas Development Lab, Per Diem, Gas Contractors, and Construction

Rev 12a: Added 49 CFR Part 192, Section 751 and 16 NYCRR Part 255, Section 751 to Legal Requirements. (7/20/16)

REVISIONS: (See )

Specification has been revised to incorporate comments made by GTI’s technical experts and Con Edison’s subject matter experts.

G-8005-25a Gas Operations Standards

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE

INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

EFFECTIVE DATE: May 2, 2016

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

1.0 SCOPE 2

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 2

3.0 DEFINITIONS 2

4.0 PIPE, VALVE, AND FITTING REQUIRMENTS 3

5.0 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH, AND SAFETY (EHS) 5 REQUIREMENTS

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MAIN 7 INSTALLATIONS

7.0 STEEL MAIN INSTALLATIONS 12

8.0 PLASTIC MAIN INSTALLATIONS 14

9.0 BRIDGE CROSSINGS 24

10.0 TRENCHLESS TECHNOLOGIES 24

11.0 REFERENCES 25

12.0 APPENDICES 30

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW BY: J. Fox SAFETY REVIEW BY: J. Fox VOLUME: PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: DATE: PAGE 1 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 Tomas Hernandez Construction Standards OF 31 V.S. Weidemann Chief Gas Engineer 3/31/16 and O&M Manual PAGES Gas Distribution Engineering

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

1.0 SCOPE

This specification details the construction requirements for the installation of new and replacement gas mains designed to operate at pressures less than 125 psig.

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

Federal: 49 CFR Part 192, Sections 123, 125, 143, 159, 273, 301-327, 451-475, 479, 751

State: 16 NYCRR Part 255, Sections 123, 125, 143, 159, 273, 301-327, 451-475, 479, 751

3.0 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Asbestos Containing Material (ACM) – Asbestos or any material containing more than one percent asbestos.

3.2 Autoseal – a material that was used to seal cast iron main joints. This material may contain PCBs, benzene, and cresol.

3.3 Epi-Seal – a material that was used in the past to line gas services. This material may be ACM.

3.4 Hazardous Material – a material containing oil, sludge, benzene, PCBs, etc.

3.5 Hole – a circular drilled opening in a gas pipe that has not been threaded.

3.6 Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure (MAOP) - the maximum pressure at which a gas main or service may be operated.

NOTE: For the MAOP of each elevated pressure distribution system see Gas Specifications G-4586, "Operation of the Queens Medium and High Pressure Systems," G-4587, "Operation of the Manhattan High Pressure Systems," and G-4590, "Operation of the Bronx Medium Pressure and High Pressure Systems."

3.7 Operator Qualified – An individual who has been evaluated and can perform assigned covered tasks and can recognize and react to abnormal operating conditions.

3.8 Standard Dimension Ration (SDR) – wall thickness of Polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 2 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

3.0 DEFINITIONS (Continued)

3.9 System Pressures

• Low - Pressure up to and including 12" WC.

• Intermediate - Pressure greater than 1 psig and up to and including Ossining System 5 psig.

• Medium - Pressure greater than 2 psig and up to and including 15 psig.

• High - Pressure greater than 15 psig and up to but less than 125 psig.

(See Gas Specification G-8051, “Gas System Design Criteria”)

3.10 Tap hole – A circular drilled opening in a gas pipe that is drilled and threaded.

4.0 PIPE, VALVE, AND FITTING REQUIRMENTS

4.1 Steel Pipe, Valves, and Fittings

A) See Gas Specification G-8107, "Steel Pipe for Gas Mains and Services" for approved steel pipe.

B) All steel pipe for buried or submerged installations shall be factory coated as per Gas Specification G-8062, "Extruded Polyolefin Coating on Steel Pipe" or field coated as per Gas Specification G-8209, "Field Coating of Steel Gas Pipe and Fittings Installed Underground and in Subsurface Structures".

C) See Gas Specification G-100,298, “Valves for Gas Transmission and Distribution Systems” for approved metallic valves.

D) All fittings (e.g. forged tees, elbows, flanges, control fittings, mechanical couplings, etc.) shall meet the requirements of the applicable Purchase and Test (Volume 6) specifications.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 3 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

4.0 PIPE, VALVE, AND FITTING REQUIRMENTS (Continued)

4.2 PE Plastic Pipe, Valves, and Fittings

A) See Gas Specification G-8104, "Polyethylene Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services” for approved PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings.

B) See Gas Specification G-100,298 for approved PE plastic valves.

4.3 Restrictions The following materials shall not be installed for buried or submerged installations:

A) ductile iron pipe and fittings,

B) galvanized pipe and fittings,

C) pipe and fittings made from amphoteric metal (e.g. aluminum),

D) used PE plastic pipe, and

E) pipe, valves, or fittings not approved by Gas Distribution Engineering.

4.4 Bolts or stud-bolts used shall extend completely through the nuts.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 4 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

5.0 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH, AND SAFETY (EHS) REQUIREMENTS

5.1 All non-hazardous pipe, tubing, fittings, and/or shavings that cannot be reused, shall be brought back to the workout location for proper disposal/recycling.

5.2 Materials for capping open ended mains shall be on location. Mains shall be capped when work is not in progress.

5.3 The environmental site setup is dependent on the substances and quantity of material found in the main. At a minimum, the environmental site setup shall include non-skid matting, absorbent pads and catch basin.

The determination of the type of hazardous materials within the main can be made by:

A) Visual inspection of main interior via plugs/tap holes on the main.

B) Review of the M&S plate.

C) Inspection of the existing condition in the excavation.

D) Internal inspection of the pipe with a camera.

5.4 After tapping holes, during cut-out and after removing stoppers, the existing main (and services connected to the main to be replaced/ rehabilitated) shall be checked for hazardous substances.

If any hazardous substances (oil, sludge, etc.), other than drip water, are found in distribution mains, immediately contact EHS Operations.

• Free flowing liquids (non-oily) shall be treated as drip water and handled in accordance with GEHSI E06.07, "Gas Drip Water.” Drip water is any accumulation of water from outside sources (i.e., water infiltration due to corrosion, cracks, condensation or water main breaks) found inside gas distribution pipes and is hazardous for benzene.

• Solid non-oily sludge and oily sludge shall be handled in accordance with GEHSI E06.11, “Liquids and Solids during Main Cut-Outs.”

• Autoseal shall be handled in accordance with Gas Operations EHS Instruction GAS0025, "Handling Autoseal in Gas Pipes." Autoseal (A.S.) or Never Leak (N.L) were materials sprayed into cast iron mains to seal joints and may be hazardous for PCBs, benzene, and cresol.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 5 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

5.0 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH, AND SAFETY (EHS) REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

5.5 For existing services connected to a main to be replaced and the services(s) is/are suspected to have been treated with Epi-seal, then perform the necessary steps in GAS0027, "Handling Gas Service Containing Epi-Seal" to confirm if the Epi-seal contains asbestos.

5.6 For existing steel mains and services coated with coal tar wrap, follow the established environmental procedure in the Asbestos Management Manual (AMM 6.04).

5.7 If contaminated soil is discovered off Con Edison property, follow Gas Operations EH&S Instruction GAS0023 "Contaminated Soil at Gas Excavations off Con Edison Property" and contact your supervisor.

5.8 Prior to excavating/operating a main valve, check the main valve box for oily water and, if found, follow the established environmental procedure in GEHSI E02.10, “Valve Test Boxes.”

5.9 Personnel shall not use personal electronic devices (PEDs) (e.g. cell phones, Blackberries, iPods) while performing tasks, or working with someone performing tasks described in this specification, or while in other situations in which they may be distracted and pose a safety risk to oneself or others.

EXCEPTIONS: • It is acceptable to use Company-issued intrinsically safe radios or cell phones to communicate with the GERC, Gas Control or supervision to request assistance or to report findings. • It is acceptable to use cell phones or cameras to document existing or new gas main or service installations only after confirming there are no gas readings using a calibrated combustible gas indicator.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 6 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MAIN INSTALLATIONS

OPERATOR QUALIFICATION

6.1 Installers who tap an energized pipeline, weld steel, and join PE plastic pipe by butt fusion, branch saddle fusion, electrofusion, or with mechanical fittings must be Operator Qualified.

All other “covered tasks” shall be completed by either Operator Qualified individuals or individuals under the direct observation of one who is Operator Qualified. “Direct observation” means that the Operator Qualified individual remains in direct visual and verbal contact at all times with the individual performing the task.

6.2 Installers who join PE plastic pipe/ tubing and fittings by electrofusion, butt fusion, branch saddle fusion, or with mechanical fittings must be Operator Qualified and in compliance with the annual requalification requirements of Gas Specification G-8121, "Qualification of Installers Joining Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services."

All butt fusion, branch saddle fusion, and electrofusion joints must be fabricated in accordance with the fusion procedures outlined in Gas Specifications G-8123, “Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services” and IP-27, “Installation of Electrofusion Fittings on Plastic Pipe/ Tubing and Molded Fittings Using a Universal Electrofusion Processor.”

All mechanical joints must be fabricated in accordance with the installation procedures outlined in Gas Specification IP-20, “Installation of Mechanical Fittings for Plastic Pipe and Tubing.”

6.3 Welders shall be Operator Qualified in accordance with the requirements in Gas Specification G-1065, “Qualification of Welders and Welding Procedures”.

Welding shall be performed in accordance with Gas Specification G- 1064, “Shielded Metal Arc Welding Procedures for Welding Steel Pipe and Fittings.”

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 7 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MAIN INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

COVER/PROTECTION

6.5 It is recommended that the direct burial new and replacement (where practical) mains should be installed with 36" of cover to allow for a minimum of 24" cover on the service piping. In all cases, mains should be installed with a minimum of 24" cover. For cover less than 24 inches, adequate protection (e.g. protection plates) shall be provided only when subsurface obstruction prevent obtaining 24 inches. (See Gas Specification EO-6799-C, “Protective Covers for Gas Main and Service Installations”)

6.6 Where a new main is being inserted into an existing pipeline, the minimum depth of cover may be 18 inches, provided that the openings are properly bridged to provide protection from shearing action and external damage.

NOTE: If a minimum of 18 inches of cover cannot be maintained, consult with Gas Distribution Engineering.

6.7 "WARNING BURIED GAS LINES BELOW" TAPE (Class/Stock #024-6660) must be installed at a minimum of 12" above the top of the direct buried new/replacement main. When new/replacement mains are inserted, the tape is to be installed in all excavations, such as service connections and other excavations.

6.8 Electronic markers (EMs) shall be installed as per Gas Specification 502664, "Installation of Electronic Markers on Gas Mains and Services" and noted on the emergency sketch or signed off layout. EMs shall be installed in addition to warning tape and tracer wire, when required for PE plastic pipe.

6.9 All installations of new/replacement mains shall be installed on a 4"- 6" bedding of sand, suitable backfill or recycled backfill. (See Gas Drawing

NOTE: If a main is installed in a "rock area", then a 4"- 6" bedding of only sand shall be used.

6.10 When pipelines must be installed where they will be subjected to natural hazards, such as washouts, floods, unstable soil, landslides, or other conditions which may cause serious movement of, or abnormal loads, on the pipeline, reasonable precaution shall be taken to protect the pipeline, such as increasing the wall thickness, constructing revetments, preventing erosion, installing anchors, etc.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 8 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MAIN INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

COVER/PROTECTION (Continued)

6.11 When pipelines cross areas which are normally underwater or subject to flooding (i.e., lakes, bays, swamps), sufficient weight or anchorage shall be applied to the line to prevent flotation.

6.12 Because submarine river crossings may be subject to washouts due to the natural hazards of stream bed changes, high water velocities, deepening of the channel, or changing of the channel location in the stream bed, design attention shall be given to protect the pipeline at such crossings. The crossing shall be located in stable bank and bed locations. The depth of the line, location of the bends in the banks, wall thickness of the pipe, weighting of the line shall be selected based on the characteristics of the river.

6.13 Where pipelines are exposed, such as at spans, trestles, and bridge crossings (see Section 9.0), the pipelines and mains shall be reasonably protected by distance or barricades from accidental damage by vehicular traffic or other causes.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 9 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MAIN INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

CLEARANCES

6.14 Where possible, the direct burial of new/replacement services shall be installed with the following standard required clearances between gas facilities and electric facilities, steam facilities, water and sewer facilities, and other facilities (e.g., telephone, cable, petroleum):

Gas Distribution Minimum Main Subsurface Facility Clearance with (<125 psig) Protection

Electric Conduit 6 inches 2 inches or structure Electric Underground Residential Development 12 inches 2 inches System (URD) (direct buried) Cable Electric 12 inches 6 inches Oil-o-static 6 inches 2 inches (metallic gas pipe) (metallic gas pipe)

Steam 35 feet 35 feet (PE plastic gas (PE plastic gas pipe) pipe) Water & Sewer 6 inches 2 inches

Other Facility (e.g., 6 inches 2 inches telephone, cable, petroleum)

A) For instances where the proximity of the electric facility is not within allowable clearance to a gas facility, either facility shall be relocated or phenolic board (Class/Stock #596-4473, 1’x2’ or #596-4432, 1’x4’) shall be installed between the two facilities. (See Electric Drawing EO-5570-C, “Clearances of Electric Subway from Gas Mains and Other Subsurface Structures”)

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 10 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVICE INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

CLEARANCES (Continued)

B) For instances where exposed electric conduits in close proximity to gas facilities are found to be deteriorated to the extent that cable is visible, the deteriorated conduits shall be removed. If it can be ascertained that the cable installation is visibly damaged or further guidance is required to repair the damaged conduits, contact the applicable Electric Operations’ Control Center to coordinate the replacement of the damaged cable prior to any repair. (See Corporate Instruction CI-920-1 "Gas Facilities – Clearances, Encroachments, Interference, and Corrosion")

NOTE: Report locations where phenolic board has been installed or where conduit repair has been made as per Corporate Instruction CI-920-1

C) For instances where 6 inches cannot be maintained between a water or sewer facility and the gas main, either facility shall be relocated or water impingement rubber mat(s) (Class/Stock #059-5306, 2’ x 2’ x ½” mat) shall be installed between the two facilities for protection. The rubber matting shall be installed either horizontally over/under the gas service or vertically alongside the gas service (DO NOT wrap the rubber mat around the gas service). The rubber matting shall be installed a minimum of 2" from the gas main and shall not be installed "edge to edge". When more than one rubber mat is installed to protect the gas service, the mats shall overlap a minimum of 6".

D) For instances where 35 feet cannot be maintained between a steam facility and the PE plastic gas main, the PE plastic gas main shall be relocated or the gas main shall be replaced with metallic (e.g., steel or copper) gas pipe. For instances where the proximity of the steam facility is not within the allowable clearance to a metallic gas main, the metallic gas main shall be relocated or a steam blanket (Class/Stock #415-0108) shall be installed between the two facilities for protection. (See Section 8.5 and 8.6)

E) For instances where 6 inches cannot be maintained between a facility other than electric, steam, water, or sewer (e.g., telephone, cable, petroleum) and the gas service, either facility shall be relocated or phenolic board (Class/Stock #596-4473 or #596-4432) shall be installed between the two facilities for protection.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 11 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MAIN INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

MISCELLANEOUS

6.16 Plastic pipe shall be installed so as to minimize shear or tensile stresses. Care shall be taken to prevent kinking and buckling of plastic pipe.

6.17 All piping and associated fittings shall be checked for obstructions (e.g. end caps, dirt, debris) prior to tie-in.

6.18 All valves shall be checked for proper operation (i.e. opened and closed) prior to installation.

6.19 The installation of a drip standpipe is required on all low pressure main replacements where an existing drip standpipe was removed. For new low pressure main installations, drip stand pipes shall also be installed at the low points as determined by Gas Distribution Engineering and field conditions. See Drawing EO-13541-C, "Drip Stand Pipe for Low Pressure Steel and Cast Iron Gas Main."

6.20 A) The constructing organization shall prepare an as-constructed/emergency sketch (e.g. one-line sketch or red-lined layout) for all installations of new and/or replacement gas mains. The constructing organization shall send the emergency sketch/signed-off layout to the energizing organization. The energizing organization shall email (dl - Maps and Records Faxes) the as-constructed/emergency sketch to Gas Distribution Engineering- Maps & Records on the same day as the tie-in on installations where the horizontal lane has changed and no later than the next business day on installations where the horizontal lane has not changed.

B) The as-constructed/emergency sketch layout shall provide a simple representation of the location and extent of the work done in the field.

C) All additional associated paperwork (i.e., detailed as-constructed drawings, valve reports, drip reports, layouts, service sheets, opening tickets, documentation of PE plastic joints, etc.) shall be collected from the constructing organization by the organization that energizes the pipe and then scanned, e-mailed, or delivered to Gas Distribution Engineering- Maps & Records within two (2) weeks of the pipe being energized. Whenever a project is done in phases, an as-constructed drawing shall be forwarded upon each pipe being energized.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 12 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MAIN INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

MISCELLANEOUS (Continued)

D) Installed valve(s) or drip(s) shall have a valve or drip report completed by the organization that installed the main. Tagging of the valve or drip is also the responsibility of that organization. In the case of a contractor installation, the organization that is "managing/overseeing" the contractor’s work shall make the report/tagging.

E) For additional information on the requirements, responsibilities, and timetables for updating gas maps and records refer to CI-940-1, “Processing Gas Mapping Information.”

6.21 Electrically powered equipment shall never be used on a main.

EXCEPTION: Welding/fusion equipment and equipment approved by Corrosion Control and the Gas Development Lab.

NOTE: Welding or cutting shall not be performed on pipe or pipe components that contain a combustible mixture of gas and air in the area of work. Post warning signs where appropriate.

6.22 Purging equipment and purge pipes shall be electrically bonded to the main or ground as required. See Gas Specification G-8129, "Purging Gas Mains, Services and Regulator Stations."

6.23 Pressure test the gas main as per Gas Specification G-8204, "Pressure Testing Requirements for New and Replacement Gas Mains and Services."

6.24 Main cut-outs and tie-ins shall be performed as per Gas Specifications IP-7 "Cut- Outs and Tie-Ins of Existing Gas Mains" and IP-9 "Requirements for Written Procedures and Contingency Plans."

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 13 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

7.0 STEEL MAIN INSTALLATIONS

7.1 Pipeline Joints • Steel pipe shall be joined only by personnel, who are "Operator Qualified" in joining the steel pipe by welding or approved mechanical fittings. • Joints may be welded or compression coupled, restraining or non- restraining. • Non-restraining type couplings shall be reinforced, when required, as detailed in Gas Specification G-8153, "Reinforcing Compression Fittings."

7.2. Bends Forged weld end fittings or restraining elbows are acceptable for all pressures; non-restraining compression elbows are acceptable for low pressure only. Miter bends are permissible subject to the following constraints: • For low pressure installations, the maximum miter is 45°. • For elevated pressure installations, the maximum miter is 12-1/2°. • For all pressures, adjacent miters are to be separated by at least one pipe diameter.

7.3 Casing Installation The following conditions apply to mains installed in a casing: • The casing shall be designed to withstand the superimposed loads. • The carrier is to be electrically isolated from the casing by means of approved skids. • All joints are to be welded and radiographically examined. • The annular space, at the end of the casing, between the steel pipe and casing should be plugged or sealed with link seals, coupling gasket/caulking grout, or suitable alternative as determined by Gas Distribution Engineering. See Gas Specification G-8096 "Sealing the Annular Space Between a Gas Pipe and a Wall, Casing Pipe, or Sleeve." • Casing installations on railroad bridges must be bonded to the bridge structure as per the railroad company’s requirements.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 14 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

7.0 STEEL MAIN INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

7.4 Cathodic Protection A) All buried or inserted steel pipe, fittings and appurtenances shall be coated and cathodically protected in accordance with Gas Specification G-8205, “Corrosion Control of Buried Steel Gas Distribution Mains and Services.” Corrosion Control shall prepare specifications for painting/coating.

NOTE: If backfilling of the new/replacement section of gas main is not done the same day as the new/replacement section was tied-in, then the cathodic protection of this new/replacement section shall be re-checked prior to backfilling. B) Any portion of a new above ground gas main installation that is exposed to the atmosphere must be cleaned and coated. Coating materials must be suitable for the prevention of atmospheric corrosion. C) Cathodic protection on buried steel gas mains shall be designed to protect the newly installed steel pipeline in its entirety. All new steel installations shall be coated and have adequate cathodic protection in its entirety within one calendar year of the installation of the steel pipeline. Where the pipeline has been installed in segments, the one-year calendar year requirement shall begin when the final segment is energized.

7.5 Defects

All dents, gouges, grooves or arc burns which affect the curvature of the steel pipe at the weld or compression connection must be removed. All dents, gouges, grooves or arc burns which have a depth greater than 12-1/2% of the wall thickness (See Appendix D) of the steel pipe must be removed by cutting out the damaged section as a cylinder. The minimum cylinder length to be removed is one pipe diameter or 12 inches, whichever is greater.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 15 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

8.0 PLASTIC MAIN INSTALLATIONS

8.1 PE Plastic Pipeline Joints

A) Performance Pipe 8300, JM Eagle UAC 3700, Endot PE 100 / PE4710 and Dura-Line Polypipe GDB50 PE plastic mains are approved for direct burial and insertion. These plastics are high density polyethylene (PE 3408/4710) material.

B) The preferred methods to join PE plastic pipe and tubing are butt fusion, branch saddle fusion, and electrofusion. (See Gas Specifications G-8123 and IP-27)

When butt fusion or electrofusion is not practical or available, only approved restraining-type mechanical fittings shall be installed on PE plastic pipe and tubing per Gas Specification IP-20. All steel mechanical fittings shall be cathodically protected per Gas Specification G-8209, "Field Coating of Steel Pipe and Fittings Installed Underground and in Subsurface Structures."

B) See "Operation of Fusion Equipment" for approved manual and hydraulic heat fusion joining equipment and detailed manufacturers’ operating manuals.

C) See Gas Specification G-8104, "Polyethylene Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services” for approved PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 16 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

8.0 PLASTIC MAIN INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

8.1 PE Plastic Pipeline Joints (Continued)

NOTES: M8000 pipe was all black and replaced in 1997 with Performance Pipe 8100.

Performance Pipe 6800 is black with two thick yellow stripes at three different points on the pipe’s surface.

Performance Pipe 8100 has a “yellow shell” around black pipe. This is the equivalent of Performance Pipe 8300 and JM Eagle (US Poly) UAC3700.

Performance Pipe 8300 is black with one thick yellow stripe at three different points on the pipe's surface. This is the equivalent of Performance Pipe 8100 and JM Eagle (US Poly) UAC 3700.

JM Eagle (US Poly) UAC3700 is black with one thin yellow stripe at three different points on the pipe’s surface and the print line states PE100. This is the equivalent of Performance Pipe 8100 and 8300.

Dura-Line Polypipe GDB50 is black with either one thin yellow stripe at three different points on the pipe’s surface (similar to JM Eagle and ENDOT) or one thick yellow stripe at six different points on the pipe’s surface.

D) Quality fusion requires using all of the required tools and equipment, and following all of the steps in the procedure in the correct sequence. Faulty fusion is caused by improper or defective equipment, or not following the procedure (omitting steps or performing steps out of sequence).

E) PE plastic molded fittings (without pup lengths) can only be joined to PE plastic pipe, tubing and other molded fittings by butt fusion or electrofusion. Mechanical fittings cannot be installed directly onto a PE plastic molded fitting without pup lengths of pipe or tubing.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 17 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

8.0 PLASTIC MAIN INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

8.1 PE Plastic Pipeline Joints (Continued)

F) Heat fusion of PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings of different SDR wall thickness shall only be performed between one change in SDR.

SDR 7  9/ 9.3  11  13.5  15.5

Joining of PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings with SDR wall thickness greater than one change in SDR shall be electrofused. Approved restraining-type mechanical couplings may only be used for joining PE plastic pipe and tubing when an electrofusion coupling is unavailable. (See Appendix A, “Approved Joining Methods for PE Plastic Pipe” and Gas Specifications IP-20 and G-8209)

G) Inspect PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings prior to installation to verify:

• No cuts, gouges, deep scratches, or other defects.

• PE plastic material is high density polyethylene (HDPE), PE3408/4710, and manufactured per ASTM D2513.

• PE plastic material is NOT older than 2 years old.

(See Gas Specification G-8122, "Transportation, Handling, and Storage of Polyethylene Plastic Pipe/Tubing, and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services")

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 18 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

8.0 PLASTIC MAIN INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

8.2 Bends

Bends in the main can be made by the use of molded elbows or by manually bending the pipe in accordance with the following table:

Plastic Pipe SDR 9.3 SDR 11 SDR 15.5 Size Minimum Minimum Minimum Bending Radius Bending Radius Bending Radius 1 1/4" IPS 3 ft 4 ft -- 2" IPS 4 ft 5 ft -- 3" IPS 6 ft 8 ft -- 4" IPS 8 ft 10 ft -- 6" IPS -- 14 ft -- 8" IPS -- 18 ft -- 10" IPS -- 23 ft 25 ft 12" IPS -- 27 ft 29 ft 16" IPS -- 34 ft --

The radius of the circular bend in the pipe must be equal to or greater than the footage listed above.

8.3 Tracer Wire

A) For new and replacement mains 50 feet or more, tape a minimum #14 red or yellow insulated copper tracer wire (e.g. Class/Stock # 563-0040, #12 AWG yellow) to all direct buried/trenchless/inserted plastic mains at 20 to 30 foot intervals. Bring the tracer wire to the top of a 4 inch x 4 inch valve box near an intersecting street. The tracer wire is to be brought up to a 4 inch x 4 inch valve box located at intervals not to exceed 1,000 ft.

B) For new and replacement mains less than 50', tape a minimum #14 red or yellow insulated copper tracer wire (e.g. Class/Stock # 563-0040, #12 AWG yellow), to all direct buried/trenchless/inserted plastic mains at 10- 15 foot intervals. The tracer wire shall only be brought up to a valve box if the (< 50’) main is installed in a different horizontal lane.

C) Tracer wire may not be wrapped around the plastic pipe and contact with the plastic pipe must be minimized (i.e. just to the contacts for "taping intervals").

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 19 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

8.0 PLASTIC MAIN INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

D) When tying into a section of previously installed plastic pipe, then the new tracer wire shall be connected to the existing tracer wire (if the combined footage is now 50' or greater or the horizontal lane has changed, then bring the tracer wire up to a valve box).

E) During a gas main insertion the gaps in the casing must be jumped with tracing wire and one end brought to the top of the test (valve) box.

F) For trenchless technology, Trace-Safe Kevlar-coated, yellow, #19 AWG tracer wire (manufactured by Neptco) (non-stock) shall be taped to the PE plastic pipe at appropriate intervals. Bring the tracer wire to the top of the curb valve box or riser. Tracer wire may not be wrapped around the PE plastic pipe and contact with the PE plastic pipe must be minimized (i.e. just to the contacts for "taping intervals"). (See Section 8.12)

8.4 Static Electricity

A) If conditions exist that a flammable gas - air mixture may be encountered and static charges may be present, such as during gassing-in, purging, a damage, etc., the pipe shall be grounded. This may be done by using the ASG grounding kit (Class/Stock # 025-2569) or by covering the pipe ends near the opening and also the remaining length of plastic pipe in the work area with wet rags saturated with soap solution to minimize the build-up of static charges. Keep the rags in contact with the soil to provide grounding.

B) When utilizing hand and/or pneumatically/ hydraulically powered tools on plastic pipe, and a flammable gas-air mixture may exist, always ground these tools to dissipate static electricity charges. Attach a #10 wire (Class/Stock # 563-1361) to the tool and a nearby water main, fire hydrant or digging bar in earth (not soil on a road surface). In addition, the entire length of plastic pipe in the work area must be wrapped with ASG kits and kept wet and grounded at each end of the excavation.

C) When utilizing mechanical or hydraulically powered squeeze-off tools on plastic pipe, ground these tools utilizing the manufacturer’s recommended grounding kit.

D) For additional information on static electricity and plastic pipe, refer to Gas Specification G-8178, "Shut-off of Polyethylene Plastic Pipe/Tubing Used for Gas Mains and Services."

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 20 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

8.0 PLASTIC MAIN INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

8.5 Restrictions

Plastic pipe shall not be installed in the following areas:

• above ground, except on bridges as provided in Section 9.0.

NOTE: Above ground gas main installations must be steel. (See Gas Specification G-11815, “Inspection of Aboveground Gas Service Piping, Gas Mains on Bridges, Submarine Crossings, Expansion Joints, and Aboveground Piping at Stations and Plants”)

• where the temperature of the pipe is below -20°F or exceeds 100°F.

• in a subsurface vault or any below grade enclosure (not containing therein any steam facilities) unless it is completely encased in a gas tight metal pipe having adequate corrosion protection.

• where the soil is saturated with solvents, fuels or oils.

• within 35 feet (NYC Fuel Gas Code) of any steam facility (Company/private) or in any subsurface structure, inside of which, a steam facility is located (NYC Fuel Gas Code).

8.6 Administrative Controls for Steam Areas in Manhattan

Prior to installing plastic gas or steam facilities south of 97th Street in Manhattan, the following steps shall be taken:

• Gas Engineering shall review the proposed installation with Steam Engineering to determine the location of existing or planned steam facilities.

Conversely, Steam Engineering shall provide Gas Engineering with preliminary layouts of proposed steam installations to determine the location of existing plastic gas facilities in the area.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 21 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

8.0 PLASTIC MAIN INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

8.6 Administrative Controls for Steam Areas in Manhattan (Continued)

• All gas layouts and sketches designating the installation of plastic mains south of 97th Street and all steam layouts calling for extension or relocation of the steam system shall be stamped or have wording stated to indicate that the job has been reviewed for the minimum (35') clearance between plastic gas facilities and steam facilities. The reviewing engineering technician in Gas and Steam Engineering shall date and sign the documents or type name and employee number.

The stamp or layout wording shall state, as a minimum, the following:

Steam Facilities within 35' of the plastic gas pipe

Yes No (Check One)

(Gas) Signed ______Employee # ______Dated ______(Steam) Signed ______Employee # ______Dated ______

8.7 Expansion and Contraction

Slack for unstable soil conditions and/or expansion and contraction shall be provided by snaking the pipe within the trench or by installing an expansion loop (check with Gas Distribution Engineering).

If the plastic pipe is to be inserted and it has been exposed to direct sunlight and the ambient temperature is above 50°F, and the plastic pipe is to be tied-in the same day, then the plastic pipe should be wetted down for its entire length before it is inserted; or a minimum of 1 hour is allowed for cool down of the pipe after it is inserted and before tie-in.

This will allow the plastic pipe to contract prior to tie-in and will thus reduce tensile forces provided by thermal contraction on the tie-in restraining couplings and also contraction of the pipe at any service connections.

NOTE: Unrestrained (e.g. inserted plastic pipe) plastic pipe will expand or contract approximately 1.4 inches per 100 feet for each 10°F change in temperature.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 22 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

8.0 PLASTIC MAIN INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

8.7 Expansion and Contraction (Continued)

EXAMPLE: A 300 foot section of plastic pipe is to be inserted. It has been exposed to direct sunlight on a 60° day where the temperature of the pipe has reached 90°F. Assuming the pipe will undergo a 30°F reduction in temperature (and without consideration for closeness to a regulator station), the contraction will be:

Contraction = 1.4 inches x 300 feet x 30°F 100 feet 10°F = 1.4 inches x 3 x 3

= 12.6 inches

The backfilling of the new/replacement plastic pipe should be performed as soon as possible, so as to limit the expansion and contraction of the plastic pipe and also to avoid possible damage to the plastic pipe.

8.8 PE Plastic Main Insertion Requirements

• Remove any sharp edging from casing end prior to insertion which could damage the plastic during or after installation. • Protective bushings (up to 2"), fair leader (up to 4", Class/Stock #003- 0197) and the trumpet (for other size casing pipe) shall be installed in the ends of the casing pipe to prevent damage to the plastic pipe during insertion. • The following thermally produced end loads shall be used to design tie-ins for polyethylene pipe 2" and larger.

Pipe/SDR Thermal Load 2"IPS SDR 9.33 3,100 2"IPS SDR 11 2,700 3"IPS SDR 9.33 6,700 3"IPS SDR 11 5,800 4"IPS SDR 9.33 11,000 4"IPS SDR 11 9,500 6"IPS SDR 11 21,000 8"IPS SDR 11 35,000 10"IPS SDR 15.5 40,000 12"IPS SDR 11 77,000 12"IPS SDR 15.5 56,000

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 23 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

8.0 PLASTIC MAIN INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

8.8 PE Plastic Main Insertion Requirements (Continued)

• Gas Distribution Engineering shall be contacted regarding embedment lengths and/or anchorage. • Any casing shall be designed to withstand the superimposed loads. The annular space, at each end of the casing, between the PE plastic pipe and casing should be plugged or sealed with link seals, coupling gasket/caulking grout, or suitable alternative as determined by Gas Distribution Engineering. • A minimum #14 AWG red or yellow insulated copper tracer wire (e.g. Class/Stock # 563-0040, #12 AWG yellow), shall be taped to the PE plastic pipe at appropriate intervals. Bring the tracer wire to the top of the curb valve box or riser. Tracer wire may not be wrapped around the PE plastic pipe and contact with the PE plastic pipe must be minimized (i.e. just to the contacts for "taping intervals").

8.9 Cathodic Protection

Steel fittings used with a plastic main installation shall be coated and insulated from any unprotected steel or cast/wrought iron main and cathodically protected in accordance with applicable Company specifications.

8.10 Defects

All kinks, buckles, and dents, gouges, grooves, etc. which have a depth greater than 10% of the wall thickness (see Appendix B) of the PE plastic pipe must be removed by cutting out the damaged section as a cylinder. The minimum cylinder length to be removed is one pipe diameter or 12 inches, whichever is greater.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 24 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

8.0 PLASTIC MAIN INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

8.11 SDR and MAOP

• PE plastic pipe with an SDR of 11 or less (i.e. 9.3) is the only PE plastic pipe to be installed on distribution systems above low pressure.

• PE plastic pipe with an SDR of 11 or less (i.e. 9.3) is approved for installations up to and including 100 psig.

• PE plastic pipe with an SDR of 15.5 has a design pressure rating (70.6 psig) well below the MAOP for most of the CECONY high pressure distribution systems (99 psig) and therefore cannot be installed in the high-pressure distribution system.

NOTE: The only 10" PE plastic pipe stocked (Class/Stock #328-0654) is SDR 15.5. Therefore, this 10" pipe can only be installed on the low pressure distribution system. If 10" SDR 11 PE plastic pipe is needed for the high-pressure distribution system, a spot buy will be required. Contact the Gas Development Lab.

8.12 Plastic Valves

Plastic valves are approved up to and including 16" diameter. Where the same diameter valve comes in reduced port and full port openings (See Appendix B), a full port valve shall be used (unless otherwise noted on a layout or requested by Gas Distribution Engineering).

8.13 Plastic Molded Fittings

Plastic molded fittings (caps, elbows, reducers, tees and valves) can only be joined to PE plastic pipe or other molded fittings by butt fusion or electrofusion.

Plastic molded fittings can never be joined to PE plastic pipe or other molded fittings by mechanical fittings.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 25 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

9.0 BRIDGE CROSSINGS

For all public improvement projects that include bridges (with or without gas mains), Engineering and Planning – Public Improvement Engineering will notify Gas Distribution Engineering – Field Engineering and System Reliability to coordinate the design of the repair, replacement, or installation of a new gas main, as required by Gas Distribution Engineering – Planning.

For all new, replacement, and repairs of gas main installations on bridges not part of public improvement projects, contact Gas Distribution Engineering – Field Engineering and System Reliability.

The design of the work to be performed on the bridge will include main and casing material and location (including superimposed loads), thermal stress, temperature exposures, casing end seals and vents, skids, cathodic protection, valves, anchoring and any other requirements for the bridge crossing.

When PE plastic pipe is installed on a bridge, it shall be encased in a metallic casing to protect the pipe from mechanical damage, ultraviolet radiation, and not to exceed temperatures below -20 °F or above 100 °F.

10.0 TRENCHLESS TECHNOLOGY

10.1 When using trenchless technology (e.g. PIM, directional boring, hole hog, bullet) to install PE plastic pipe, no sleeve is required.

NOTE: For pipe bursting of steel, a sleeve shall be used.

Trace-Safe Kevlar-coated, yellow, #19 AWG tracer wire (manufactured by Neptco) (non-stock) shall be taped to the PE plastic pipe at appropriate intervals. Bring the tracer wire to the top of the curb valve box or riser. Tracer wire may not be wrapped around the PE plastic pipe and contact with the PE plastic pipe must be minimized (i.e. just to the contacts for "taping intervals").

10.2 In Vicinity of Mains With an MAOP Greater Than 125 PSIG

The use of trenchless technology (i.e. directional boring, hole hog, bullet, etc.) within 5 feet (radial distance) running parallel or crossing gas mains/services operating at greater than 125 psig; 69 KV, 138 KV & 345 KV oil-o-static pipelines and fiber optic communication lines is prohibited.

NOTE: This does not include insertion, PIM or ConSplit (provided that for PIM and ConSplit, then a minimum of 3 feet radial distance is required).

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 26 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

10.0 TRENCHLESS TECHNOLOGY (Continued)

The use of trenchless technology is permitted for radial distances greater than 5 feet and less than 15 feet provided that Gas Engineering is contacted to determine the number and location of test pits that are required.

The use of trenchless technology is permitted for radial distances of 15 feet or greater.

10.3 If coated pipe is installed by boring, driving or other similar method, precautions must be taken to minimize damage to the coating during installation.

10.4 Appropriate excavations shall be made to determine the location of buried facilities (e.g. water, sewer and sewer laterals, telephone, electric, etc.)

11.0 REFERENCES

Casing Installations Sealing the Annular Space Between a Gas Pipe and a Wall, Casing G-8096 Pipe, or Sleeve

Pipeline Casing Insulating Skids G-100,280

Forged Carbon Steel Flanges G-100,287

Cast Iron Pipe, Replacement Replacement and Maintenance of Cast Iron Gas Mains (Attached to G- EO-15447-B 11839)

Clearances Gas Facilities – Clearances, Encroachments, Interference, and CI-920-1 Corrosion.

Typical Installation One, Two or Four Duct Electric Subway with 2" to EO-5571-B 12" Gas Main in Common Trench

Contractor/ Per Diem Qualification of Contractors' Maintenance Engineers and Field G-8195 Supervisors Engaged in Gas Maintenance/Installations of Mains and/or Services

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 27 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

11.0 REFERENCES (Continued)

Corrosion Control Extruded Polyolefin Coating on Steel Gas Pipe G-8062

Field Coating of Steel Pipe and Fittings Installed Underground and in G-8209 Subsurface Structures

Electrical Spark Inspection of Coating on Steel Pipe G-8201

Corrosion Control of Buried Steel Gas Distribution Mains and Services G-8205

Corrosion Testing on Steel Gas Mains and Services G-11830

Drip Pots Drip Stand Pipe for Low Pressure Steel and Cast Iron Gas Main EO-13541-C

Drip Pots for Low Pressure Polyethylene Gas Mains EO-14858-B

Fittings Segmenting Long Radius Forged Elbows EO-14620-C

Compression End Coupling ,Tees, Elbows, Line Caps and Riser Tees G-100,285 for Gas Pipe & Tubing

Forged Carbon Steel Flanges G-100,287

Polyethylene Pipe, Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services G-8104

Reinforcing Compression Fittings G-8153

Gas Operations EH&S Instructions Handling Autoseal in Gas Pipelines GAS0025

Contaminated Soil At Gas Excavations Off Con Edison Property GAS0023

GEHSIs and AMMs Valve Test Boxes GEHSI E02.10

Gas Drip Water GEHSI E06.07 Coal Tar Wrap Removal – Gas Mains and Services AMM 6.04

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 28 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

11.0 REFERENCES (Continued)

GEHSIs and AMMs (Continued) Drip Pots and Drip Pot Liquids GEHSI E06.08

Liquids and Solids from Natural Gas Mains During Main Cutouts GEHSI E06.11

Hazardous Non-PCB Contaminated Soil GEHSI E06.12

Main Cut-Outs and Tie-Ins Cut-outs and Tie-ins of Existing Gas Mains IP-7

Requirements For Written Procedures and Contingency Plans IP-9

Mapping Processing Gas Mapping Information CI-940-1

Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure Operation of the Queens Medium and High Pressure Systems G-4586

Operation of the Manhattan High Pressure Systems G-4587

Operation of the Bronx Medium Pressure and High Pressure System G-4590

Operation of the Westchester Medium and Intermediate Pressure G-4591 Systems

PE Plastic Pipe Joining Qualification of Installers Joining Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing G-8121 for Gas Mains and Services

Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings G-8123 For Gas Mains and Services

Installation of Mechanical Fittings for Plastic Pipe and Tubing IP-20

Installation of Electrofusion Fittings on Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Molded IP-27 Fittings Using a Universal Electrofusion Processor

PE Plastic Pipe Installation Polyethylene Pipe, Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services G-8104

Installation of Direct Buried Polyethylene Gas Mains EO-14837-B

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 29 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

11.0 REFERENCES (Continued)

PE Plastic Pipe Installation (Continued) Insertion of Plastic Gas Mains EO-14838-B

Shut-Off Of Polyethylene Plastic Pipe/Tubing Used For Gas Mains and G-8178 Services

Pipe Protection Transportation, Handling and Storage of Steel Pipe For Gas Mains and G-8003 Services

Inspection, Handling, Storage and Transportation of Polyethylene (PE) G-8122 Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

Protective Covers for Gas Main and Service Installations EO-6799-C

Plugs Wood Plugs for Use with Cast Iron and Steel Pipes EO-3942-C

PPE Requirements For Airline Respirator (ALR), Flame Retardant Coveralls IP-42 (FRC), Harness and Line (H&L) and Harness and Gantry

Pressure Testing Pressure Testing Requirements For Gas Mains and Services G-8204

Purging Purging Gas Mains and Services and Regulator Stations G-8129

Reinforcement Reinforcing Compression Fittings G-8153

Steel Pipe Steel Pipe for Gas Mains and Services (Purchase) G-8107

Inspection of Aboveground Gas Service Piping, Gas Mains on Bridges, G-11815 Submarine Crossings, Expansion Joints, and Aboveground Piping at Stations and Plants

Trenching and Backfill (Material and Installation) General Specification for Backfilling of Trench and Small Openings EO-1181

General Backfill & Bedding Material for Excavations EO-8085

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 30 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

11.0 REFERENCES (Continued)

Trenching and Backfill (Material and Installation) Sheeting for Trenches and Excavations EO-16954-B

Plywood Sheeting for Trenches and Excavations EO-16965

Trench Excavation for Gas Mains & Services Up to 350 PSI 309495

Installation of Electronic Markers on Gas Mains and Services 502664

Valves Installation of Valves on Gas Distribution Mains G-8141

Valves for Gas Transmission and Distribution Systems G-100,298

Installation of 6", 8" and 12" Polyethylene Gas Valves 309808

Installation of 4"-36" Welded End Ball Valve and Valve Box EO-13911

Welding Shielded Metal Arc Welding Procedure for Welding Steel Pipe and G-1064 Fittings

Qualification of Welders and Welding Procedures G-1065

Radiographic Inspection of Pipeline Welds G-1070

Common Ground Alliance (CGA) letter dated 9/30/03 to DOT, RSPA on CGA Best Practice On Minimum 12" Radial Separation

12.0 APPENDICES

A Approved Joining Methods for PE Plastic Pipe

B Plastic Pipe/Tubing Maximum Permissible Defect Chart

C Nordstrom and Perfection PE Valves

D Steel Pipe Defect Chart

E Key Task Matrix for Gas Main Installation/Replacement (Gas Specification G-8005)

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 5.0) and 10 PAGE 31 Construction Standards and OF 31 G-8005-25a 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

APPENDIX A

Approved Joining Methods for PE Plastic Pipe

PE Plastic Distribution Heat Mechanical SDR Vintage Electrofusion Pipe Pressure * Fusion Joints YES, 0.5”-1.25” LP, IP, MP, All YES YES stiffener = 0.090” CTS HP WT 1” – 8”, LP, IP, MP, YES, 11 All YES YES 12” IPS HP stiffener = black LP, IP, MP, YES, 1”-4” IPS 9.3 Pre-1990 YES YES HP stiffener = blue Up to 4”IPS LP, IP, MP, 9.3 1970’s NO YES NO Aldyl-A HP YES, reduce 2000’s 4” IPS 26 LP NO electrofusion cycle NO (Subcoil) time by 15% YES, reduce YES, 6” IPS 23.5 1970’s LP, IP, MP NO electrofusion cycle stiffener = orange time by 10% YES, reduce 6” IPS 26 1970’s LP, IP, MP NO electrofusion cycle NO time by 15% ONLY as sleeve for LP, IP, MP, 6” IPS 26 YES YES NO Trenchless HP Technology YES, reduce 6” IPS 32.5 1970’s LP, IP, MP NO electrofusion cycle NO time by 25% YES, reduce 22.5” IPS 23.5 2000’s HP NO electrofusion cycle NO Subline time by 10%

* LP = low pressure, IP = intermediate pressure, MP = medium pressure, HP = high pressure

G-8005-25a APPENDIX B

PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING CHART MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE DEFECT

Maximum Outside Minimum Nominal Size SDR Permissible Diameter Wall Thickness Defect 1/2"CTS 7.0 0.0625" 0.090" 0.009" 1"CTS 12.5 1.125" 0.090" 0.009" 1 1/4"CTS 15.3 1.375" 0.090" 0.009" 1"IPS 9.33 1.315" 0.140" 0.014" 1"IPS 11 1.315" 0.119" 0.011" 1 1/4"IPS 9.33 1.660" 0.178" 0.017" 1 1/4"IPS 11 1.660" 0.151" 0.015" 2"IPS 9.33 2.375" 0.255" 0.025" 2"IPS 11 2.375" 0.215" 0.021" 3"IPS 9.33 3.500" 0.375" 0.037" 3"IPS 11 3.500" 0.318" 0.031" 4"IPS 9.33 4.500" 0.482" 0.048" 4"IPS 11 4.500" 0.409" 0.040" 6"IPS 11 6.625" 0.602" 0.060" 8"IPS 11 8.625" 0.785" 0.078" 10"IPS 11 10.750" 0.977" 0.097" 10"IPS 15.5 10.750" 0.694" 0.069" 12"IPS 11 12.750" 1.159" 0.115" 12"IPS 15.5 12.750" 0.823" 0.082" 16"IPS 11 16.000" 1.455" 0.145"

G-8005-25a APPENDIX C

NORDSTROM PE VALVES

OVERALL EQUIV SIZE BORE CV LENGTH WEIGHT BORESIZE LENGTH No Pups 2" Reduced 1.35" 110 9.6' 13" 3.1 lbs

2" Full 1.85" 175 3.8' 14.7" 3.8 lbs

3" Reduced 1.85" 240 14.1' 12.8" 4.5 lbs

3" Full 2.5" 390 5.3' 15" 8.0 lbs

4" Reduced 2.5" 400 17.8' 15" 8.9 lbs

4" Full 3.62" 700 5.8' 20" 19.5 lbs

6" Reduced 3.62" 900 24.3' 20" 21 lbs

6" Full 5.22" 1,800 6.1' 20" 38 lbs

8" Reduced 4.78" 1,350 40.3' 20" 42.5 lbs

8" 6.66" 3,650 5.5' 69.5" 66.4 lbs Full 12" Full 9.9" 7,000 10.6' 83.8" 305 lbs

PERFECTION PE VALVES WITH PERMASERT ENDS

OVERALL LENGTH WEIGHT WITH SIZE BORE BORESIZE EQUIV WITH PERMASERT PERMASERT LENGTH ENDS ENDS 1/2"CTS 0.89" 3.2 3.0' 11.63" 1.8 lbs

1"CTS 0.89" 19.9 4.0' 12.50" 2.1 lbs

1"IPS 0.89" 34.9 4.0' 13.00" 2.7 lbs

1 1/4" CTS 0.89" 32.3 5.0' 13.00" 2.7 lbs

1 1/4" IPS 0.89" 44.0 7.0' 25.88" 4.3 lbs

G-8005-25a APPENDIX D

STEEL PIPE CHART MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE DEFECT

Minimum Maximum Nominal Size Outside Diameter Wall Thickness Permissible Defect 1" 1.315" 0.133" 0.017" 1 1/2" 1.900" 0.145" 0.018" 2" 2.375" 0.154" 0.019" 3" 3.500" 0.216" 0.027" 4" 4.500" 0.237" 0.030" 6" 6.625" 0.280" 0.035" 8" 8.625" 0.322" 0.040" 10" 10.750" 0.365" 0.046" 12" 12.750" 0.375" 0.047" 16" 16.000" 0.375" 0.047" 20" 20.000" 0.375" 0.047" 24" 24.000" 0.375" 0.047" 30" 30.000" 0.375" 0.047"

G-8005-25a APPENDIX E

KEY TASK MATRIX FOR GAS MAIN INSTALLATION/REPLACEMENT (GAS SPECIFICATION G-8005)

G-8005-24 Task Reference Description Impact Tracing Wire Installation 8.3, 8.8,8.12, For All new direct buried/trenchless/insertion plastic mains Failure to properly install tracer & EO-14838- over 50 feet - tape a minimum #14 red tracing wire to the wire causes difficulty locating B note G plastic main at 20 to 30 feet intervals and bring end up into top facilities for code 753 mark outs of 4"x 4" valve box near intersecting street or at intervals not Contractor damage due to to exceed 1,000 feet. During a gas main insertion the gaps mismark in the casing should be jumped with tracing wire and one end brought to the top of the test (valve) box.

Maintaining Clearances 6.14 and Install new/replacement main with a minimum clearance of 6" Damage to gas main due to 6.15 from any subsurface structure. A 12" clearance is needed if electric burnout in contact with gas electric cable is direct buried (not in conduit). A minimum main. Also, water impingement clearance of 2" is acceptable, provided that the main is damaging gas main. properly protected with phenolic board. A minimum 6" clearance is needed around water mains and services. A rubber mat must be installed if this clearance is not maintained.

Emergency Sketch 6.20 An emergency sketch for all installations of new and Damage to gas main due to Submission replacement gas mains (where horizontal lane has changed) unmapped facilities. shall be prepared and faxed on the same day as the tie-in to Gas Engineering Maps and Records. If horizontal lane has not changed then the emergency sketch shall be prepared and faxed on the next business day to Gas Engineering.

G-8005-25a APPENDIX E

KEY TASK MATRIX FOR GAS MAIN INSTALLATION/REPLACEMENT (GAS SPECIFICATION G-8005) (Continued)

Cover and Protection 6.5 & 6.6 Where possible the direct burial of new/replacement mains Damage to gas facilities due to shall be installed with a minimum cover of 36" to allow for a lack of adequate cover and/or minimum of 24" cover on service piping. For cover less than warning tape. 24" inches steel protection plates shall be installed. "WARNING BURIED GAS LINES BELOW" tape must be installed at a minimum of 12" above the top of the direct buried new/replacement main.

Piping Requirements 8.1 For live 1-1/4" plastic mains, service tees shall only be Catastrophic failure due to melting connected using electro fusion or an approved mechanical of main during sidewall fusing tee. Service tees shall not be sidewall fused on live 1-1/4" process. Pipe separation due to plastic main. Couplings up to and including 12" shall only be use of improper coupling. restraining-type (e.g. Dresser Style 711 or CSI Maxi-Grip) to prevent pull-outs.

Electrical Tool Use-Live Gas 6.22 Electrically powered equipment shall never be used on a Gas fire due to electric ignition. main containing any percentage of natural gas.

Grounding for Static 8.4 On plastic mains, if conditions exist that a flammable gas-air Gas fire due to static electric Electricity mixture may be encountered and static charges may be ignition. present, such as during gassing-in, purging, a damage, etc., then the pipe shall be grounded. This may be done by using the ASG grounding kit or wet rags saturated with soap solution to minimize the build of static charges. Mechanical or hydraulically powered tools used on plastic pipe need to be grounded if a flammable gas-air mixture exists.

G-8005-25a APPENDIX E

KEY TASK MATRIX FOR GAS MAIN INSTALLATION/REPLACEMENT (GAS SPECIFICATION G-8005) (Continued)

Environmental Issues 5.3 & 5.4 Determine the type and quantity of hazardous materials within Failing to follow procedure will the main by inspecting tap holes, reviewing M&S plate, and result in injury or damage to existing conditions in the excavation. Prior to cutting an employees, public, and existing main, it must be properly supported and an environment. environmental site setup must be installed (plastic sheeting to catch any material escaping from the cut pipe. If any hazardous material is found (oil, sludge, etc.) other than drip water is found, contact EHS Operations for guidance on proper removal.

Pressure Testing 6.24 Pressure test mains at 150 PSIG for high pressure and 90 Gas leak due to pipe defects also G-8204 PSIG for medium, intermediate, and low pressure. 1 hour and/or improper installation. 6.1 b & 6.6 duration for mains up to 1000ft. and 2 hours for mains over 1,000 ft.

Valve Location 6.26 Proper tagging of valve and valve reports must be completed Unable to shut down gas main and 3.1a of by installing organization. Valves shall be installed at every quickly in an emergency. G-8141 street intersection or one per block, so that each block may be Improperly tagged valve causes isolated. unnecessary customer outage.

Operator Qualifications 6.1, 6.2, & Installers of new/replacement mains must be "Operator Gas leak due to lack of proper 6.3 Qualified". Only personnel qualified to join plastic pipe/tubing training. can perform this task.

Pipe Defects 8.10 & All dents, gouges, grooves, etc. which have a depth greater The defects could cause an Appendix B than 10% of the wall thickness (See Appendix B for plastic eventual gas leak. When using main installations) must be removed by cutting out 12" or perfection fittings all scratches more of the damaged section. should be eliminated.

G-8005-25a

LAST REVIEW DATE: 8/22/16 REVIEW CYCLE: 5 Years EFFECTIVE DATE: 8/22/16

SPECIFICATION: G-8096-9a

TITLE: SEALING THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN A GAS PIPE AND A WALL, CASING PIPE, OR SLEEVE

 VOLUME: 2 (Section 12.0) and Yellow Book

COURSE ID.: GAS0111

CORE GROUP(S): Gas Construction, Emergency Response Force Lead Mechanic

 TARGET AUDIENCE: Gas Construction, Pressure Control, Construction Management, Emergency Response Force Lead Mechanic

REV 9a: Incorporated Records Retention Section 10.0; renumbered subsequent sections. Reformatted cover page and footer to align with current specification standard and format. Changed “Profile No.” to “Course ID”; “Target Training Groups” to “Target Audience”; and added “Core Group(s)”. (4/9/18)

REVISIONS: (See )

1) Title Page - Updated name of Yellow Book in Volume. Added Per Diem, Gas Contractors, Gas Conversion, and Energy Services to Target Training Group.

2) Section 2.0 - Updated Legal Requirements.

3) Section 6.0 - New section.

4) Section 9.0 - Renamed section.

G-8096-9a Gas Operations Standards TITLE: SEALING THE ANNULAR SPACE

BETWEEN A GAS PIPE AND A WALL, CASING, OR SLEEVE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

1.0 SCOPE ...... 2

 2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS ...... 2

3.0 NEW SERVICE INSTALLATION AND GAS PIPING IN MANHOLE WALLS ...... 2

4.0 SERVICE INSERTION (REPLACEMENT) ...... 3

5.0 MAIN INSERTION ...... 3

 6.0 CORROSION CONTROL OF NEW STEEL MAINS AND SERVICES IN CASINGS AND THROUGH WALL SLEEVES ...... 4

7.0 LINK-TYPE SEALS ...... 4

8.0 3M COLD SHRINK SEALS...... 7

 9.0 RECORDS RETENTION ...... 7

 10.0 REFERENCES ...... 8

11.0 ATTACHMENT ...... 8

EFFECTIVE DATE: 8/22/16 ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH, & SAFETY REVIEW BY: James Fox DATE VOLUME: PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: PAGE 1 APPROVED: 2 (Section 12.0) & YB Tomas Hernandez Construction OF 8 V.S. Weidemann Chief Gas Engineer 8/22/16 Standards and Yellow PAGES Gas Distribution Engineering Book

TITLE: SEALING THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN A GAS PIPE AND A WALL, CASING, OR SLEEVE

1.0 SCOPE

This specification describes the construction requirements for sealing the annular space between the steel/copper/plastic service or main pipe and the wall, casing pipe, or sleeve to prevent entry of water and gas into the building, manhole, or casing pipe.

 2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

Federal: 49 CFR Part 192, Sections 321, 323, 361, 467

State: 16 NYCRR Part 255, Sections 321, 323, 361, 467

New York City Fuel Gas Code: Section FGC 404.4

3.0 NEW SERVICE INSTALLATION AND GAS PIPING IN MANHOLE WALLS

3.1 New and replacement (relayed) services that enter a building (either above ground or underground) through the building’s concrete/ masonry foundation/ vaulted wall, shall enter via a continuous steel or PVC sleeve. The annular space at each end (between the service pipe and the sleeve) shall be sealed with link-type seals (see Section 7.0).

A) For up to 2” PE service, seal the annular space inside the building with a service head adapter.

B) For a 2” service through a 3” sleeve or a 3” service through a 4” sleeve, use a 2” or 3” gasket accordingly with waterproof caulking material to seal the annular space.

See Gas Specifications G-8100, “General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Services” and Gas Drawings EO-16546-B, “Installation of a Flexible Sleeve Elbow Unit Where Service Enters from Beneath Building, Pressure Not Exceeding 99 PSI” and EO-4890-A, “Service Pipe/Tubing And Service Sleeve Through Vault, Open Areaway, Open Area Under Stairs, Under Enclosed Area, and Into Vaulted Basement.”

3.2 New wall sleeves for gas services shall extend at least 4” beyond the outer side of the wall and at least 1” beyond the inner side of the wall. The sleeve shall be sealed at both ends. For all new service installations, the properly sized wall sleeve shall be installed by the customer.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 8/22/16 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 12.0) & YB PAGE 2 APPROVED: OF 8 G-8096-9a 8/22/16 Construction Standards and Yellow Book PAGES

TITLE: SEALING THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN A GAS PIPE AND A WALL, CASING, OR SLEEVE

3.0 NEW SERVICE INSTALLATION & GAS PIPING IN MANHOLE WALLS (Continued)

3.3 New and replacement services that enter a building aboveground through the building’s non-concrete/masonry foundation wall, do not require a wall sleeve. Seal the annular space (between the service pipe and the non concrete/masonry wall) with waterproof caulking material.

3.4 Gas mains entering a manhole (regulator or ROV) shall be sleeved and sealed with link-type seals at the manhole wall (see Section 7.0). After link-type seals have been properly installed, grout sleeve into wall. See Gas Drawing EO-6702- D, “Method of Sealing Gas Piping in Manhole Walls.”

4.0 SERVICE INSERTION (REPLACEMENT)

4.1 Service insertions do not require a wall sleeve, as the old service pipe (that the new service pipe is inserted through) will “act” as the wall sleeve.

A) For service insertions greater than 1 ¼”, where the old service pipe is properly sized, seal the annular spaces with link-type seals (see Section 70).

B) For ½” CTS through 1 ¼” CTS/IPS copper/plastic service insertion through an existing 2” or smaller diameter service pipe, seal the annular space inside the building with a service head adapter. The recommended method to seal the outside annular space (curb valve/main excavation) is by using the 3M Cold Shrink (see Section 8.0).

C) For a 2” plastic pipe through a 3” pipe or a 3” plastic pipe through a 4” pipe service insertion, seal the annular space with waterproof caulking material, Ductolox foam (Class/Stock # 631-3373), or duct seal and tape.

5.0 MAIN INSERTION

5.1 For large diameter main insertions (greater than 16") into a larger casing pipe, then consult Gas Distribution Engineering.

5.2 The annular space between the gas main pipe and the steel or cast iron casing (e.g. abandoned main) pipe shall be sealed at each and every casing end with link-type seals (see Section 7.0). EFFECTIVE DATE: 8/22/16 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 12.0) & YB PAGE 3 APPROVED: OF 8 G-8096-9a 8/22/16 Construction Standards and Yellow Book PAGES

TITLE: SEALING THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN A GAS PIPE AND A WALL, CASING, OR SLEEVE

5.0 MAIN INSERTION (Continued)

A) For 1¼” IPS plastic mains inserted into a 2" casing pipe and 2" IPS plastic mains inserted into a 3" casing pipe, seal the annular space at each casing end with 3M Cold Shrink. If 3M Cold Shrink is unavailable, use a gasket with waterproof caulking material, Ductolox foam (Class/Stock # 631-3373), or duct seal and tape.

5.3 For main insertions that preclude the use of link-type seals and/or 3M Cold Shrink, then Ductolox foam shall be used to seal the annular space at each casing end.

5.4 Steel main pipe installed inside a sleeve or casing for more than 10 feet, shall be supported by insulating skids. A skid shall be installed within 5 feet of each end of the sleeve and on 10 foot centers throughout the sleeve. See Gas Specification G-100,280, “Pipeline Casing Insulating Skids” for the approved skids and Gas Drawing EO-4890-A.

 6.0 CORROSION CONTROL OF NEW STEEL MAINS AND SERVICES IN CASINGS AND THROUGH WALL SLEEVES

6.1 Steel pipe in casings and through wall sleeves shall be coated and electrically isolated from the casing or wall sleeve as per Gas Specifications G-8205, “Corrosion Control of Buried Steel Gas Mains and Services” and G-8209, "Field Coating of Steel Pipe and Fittings Installed Underground and in Subsurface Structures."

6.2 Steel gas mains in casings shall have test leads installed on both the steel carrier pipe and metallic casing pipe at each end of the casing. Route the test leads into a test station at each end of the casing. See Gas Specification G-8205.

7.0 LINK-TYPE SEALS

7.1 Only approved link-type seals shall be used. See Gas Specification G-100,237, “Link Seals For Sealing the Annular Space Between Pipe and Casing.” The link- type seals are packaged ten (10) links to a set.

7.2 For proper link-type seal installation, see the manufacturer’s installation instructions, which come with each package.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 8/22/16 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 12.0) & YB PAGE 4 APPROVED: OF 8 G-8096-9a 8/22/16 Construction Standards and Yellow Book PAGES

TITLE: SEALING THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN A GAS PIPE AND A WALL, CASING, OR SLEEVE

7.0 LINK-TYPE SEALS (Continued)

NOTE: Link-type seals are not intended to support the weight of the pipe.

7.3 Do not use an impact gun to install link-type seals. Use a socket or offset wrench. After tightening has been completed, all link-type seal bolt heads shall be coated with mastic.

7.4 Table 1: Link-Type Seals for Gas Services Inside Wall Sleeve (ST/PVC) and Gas Mains Inside Manhole Wall Sleeve (ST/PVC)

Link-type Seal Model # Pipe Size Sleeve # of Advance # of Links Class/ Nominal Nominal Thunderline Packages Products & Required Stock # Diameter Diameter Model # to Order Systems # ½” 2” LS-200-C IL-200 4 341-1048 1 1” 3” LS-300-C IL-300 4 341-0750 1 NON- 1 ¼” 3” LS-275-C IL-275 8 1 STOCK 1 ½” 3” LS-200-C IL-200 6 341-1048 1 2” 4” LS-300-C IL-300 6 341-0750 1 3” 5” LS-300-C IL-300 8 341-0750 1 4” 6” LS-300-C IL-300 10 341-0750 1 6” 10” LS-475-C IL-475 10 341-1006 1 8” 12” LS-475-C IL-475 12 341-1006 2 10” 16” LS-525-C IL-525 10 341-1030 1 12” 16” LS-425-C IL-425 12 341-0776 2 16” 20” LS-400-C IL-400 15 341-0768 2 20” 24” LS-400-C IL-400 18 341-0768 2 24” 30” LS-500-C IL-500 21 341-1055 3 30” 36” LS-500-C IL-500 26 341-1055 3 NON- 36” 42” LS-500-C IL-500 36 4 STOCK EFFECTIVE DATE: 8/22/16 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 12.0) & YB PAGE 5 APPROVED: OF 8 G-8096-9a 8/22/16 Construction Standards and Yellow Book PAGES

TITLE: SEALING THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN A GAS PIPE AND A WALL, CASING, OR SLEEVE

7.0 LINK-TYPE SEALS (Continued)

7.5 Table 2: Link-Type Seals for Gas Mains Inserted Through a Casing (ST/CI) Pipe

Casing Link-Type Seal Model # Pipe Size # of # of Pipe Advance Class/ Nominal Thunderline Links Packages Nominal Products & Stock # Diameter Model # Required to Order Diameter Systems # NON- 1 ¼” 3" ST/CI LS-275-C IL-275 8 1 STOCK 2" 4" ST/CI LS-300-C IL-300 6 341-0750 1 2" 6" ST/CI LS-475-C IL-475 5 341-1006 1 2" 8" ST/CI LS-500-C IL-500 4 341-1055 1 3" 6" ST/CI LS-425-C IL-425 4 341-0776 1 4" 6" ST/CI LS-300-C IL-300 10 341-0750 1 4" 8" ST/CI LS-475-C IL-475 7 341-1006 1 4" 10" ST/CI LS-500-C IL-500 6 341-1055 1 6" 8" ST/CI LS-300-C IL-300 15 341-0750 2 6" 10" ST/CI LS-475-C IL-475 10 341-1006 1 8" 10" ST/CI LS-300-C IL-300 19 341-0750 2 8" 12" ST LS-475-C IL-475 12 341-1006 2 8" 12" CI LS-400-C IL-400 9 341-0768 1 10" 16" ST LS-525-C IL-525 10 341-1030 1 10" 16" CI LS-500-C IL-500 10 341-1055 1 12" 16" ST LS-425-C IL-425 12 341-0776 2 12" 16" CI LS-400-C IL-400 12 341-0768 2 12" 18" ST LS-525-C IL-525 12 341-1030 2 12" 18" CI LS-500-C IL-500 12 341-1055 2 16" 20" ST LS-400-C IL-400 15 341-0768 2 NON- 16" 20" CI LS-575-C IL-575 18 2 STOCK 20" 24" ST LS-400-C IL-400 18 341-0768 2 NON- 20" 24" CI LS-575-C IL-575 22 3 STOCK 24" 30" ST LS-500-C IL-500 21 341-1055 3 30" 36" ST LS-500-C IL-500 26 341-1055 3

EFFECTIVE DATE: 8/22/16 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 12.0) & YB PAGE 6 APPROVED: OF 8 G-8096-9a 8/22/16 Construction Standards and Yellow Book PAGES

TITLE: SEALING THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN A GAS PIPE AND A WALL, CASING, OR SLEEVE

8.0 3M COLD SHRINK SEALS

8.1 When using 3M Cold Shrink, the new main or services has to first be "inserted through" the 3M Cold Shrink. The 3M Cold Shrink cannot be installed after the service or main has been inserted into the casing pipe.

8.2 For proper 3M Cold Shrink installation, see the manufacturer’s installation instructions, which come with each package.

8.3 Table 3: 3M Cold Shrink for Gas Service and Main Insertions

3M Cold Shrink Description Class/ Stock # 1” x ¾” 341-5676 1” x ½” 341-5676 1 ½” x 1 ¼” 341-5684 1 ½” x 1 ¼” 341-5684 2” x 1 ½” 341-5692 2” x 1 ¼” 341-5692 3” x 2” 341-5700 3” x 1 ½” 341-5700

 9.0 RECORDS RETENTION

Any records generated in the course of performing work in accordance with this specification shall be maintained as required by Corporate Instruction CI-870-1 “Records Management”. Guidance on the retention of Company Gas Operations records can also be found on the Records Management intranet site.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 8/22/16 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 12.0) & YB PAGE 7 APPROVED: OF 8 G-8096-9a 8/22/16 Construction Standards and Yellow Book PAGES

TITLE: SEALING THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN A GAS PIPE AND A WALL, CASING, OR SLEEVE

 10.0 REFERENCES

G-8005 - General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Mains

G-8100 - General Specification for the Installation of Gas Services

G-8205 - Corrosion Control of Steel Gas Distribution Mains and Services

G-8209 - Field Coating of Steel Pipe and Fittings Installed Underground and in Subsurface Structures

G-100,237 - Link-Type Seals for Sealing the Annular Space Between Pipe and Casing

G-100,280 - Pipeline Casing Insulating Skids

EO-4890-A - Service Pipe/Tubing and Service Sleeve Through Vault, Open Areaway, Open Area Under Stairs, Under Enclosed Areas, and Into Vaulted Basement

EO-16546-B - Installation of Flexible Sleeve Elbow Unit Where Service Enters From Beneath Building. Pressure Not Exceeding 99 PSIG

11.0 ATTACHMENT

EO-6702-D - Method of Sealing Gas Piping in Manhole Walls

EFFECTIVE DATE: 8/22/16 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 12.0) & YB PAGE 8 APPROVED: OF 8 G-8096-9a 8/22/16 Construction Standards and Yellow Book PAGES

G-8096-9a

LAST REVIEW DATE: 12/7/17 REVIEW CYCLE: 5 Years EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18

SPECIFICATION: G-8121-18a

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS JOINING POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, & Yellow Book

 COURSE ID: GAS0268

 CORE GROUP(S): NONE

 TARGET AUDIENCE: Gas Construction, Emergency Response Force (ERF), Gas Development Lab, Per Diem, Gas Contractors, and Construction

REV 18a (4-9-18)

Table of Contents: Added “RECORDS” Section. Section 3.2: Added “Con Edison” trained evaluators to qualify new and existing joiners and second inspectors of PE plastic pipe. Section 3.4 (C): Removed “Mechanical Stab fitting” from Operator Qualification. Section7.3 (A) & (B): Removed temperature indicating crayons/sticks to verify the heating iron temperature. Section7.3 (C) & (D): Clarified “Alcohol Wipes” requirements for Electrofusion Coupling Joints & Electrofusion Saddle joints. Section 10.0: Added new Records section. Renumbered subsequent sections.

REVISIONS (See ) 1) Cover Page - Changed “Registration No.” to “Course ID”. Added Core Groups designation. Changed “Target Training Groups” to “Target Audience”.

2) Section 3.2 - Added “second”.

3) Section 3.3 - Added “second”.

4) Section 3.6 C) 1. - Added “second”.

5) Section 3.6 C) 2. - Added “second” and updated examples of second inspector. (Continued)

6) Section 3.7 - Changed “peer” to “second”.

7) Section 3.8 A) - Added “second”.

8) Section 3.8 B) - Added “second”.

9) Section 3.8 B) 1. - Added “second” and updated examples of second inspectors.

10) Section 3.8 B) 2. - Added “second”.

11) Section 7.4 A) - Added “second”.

12) Section 8.1 - Added “second”.

13) Section 8.3 - Added “second” and updated examples of second inspectors.

14) Section 9.1 - Added “second”.

15) Section 9.2 - Added “second”.

G-8121-18a Gas Operations Standards

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS JOINING POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

1.0 SCOPE ...... 2

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS ...... 2

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION ...... 2

4.0 SKILL AND ABILITY EVALUATION TO JOIN PE PLASTIC BY HEAT FUSION ...... 6

5.0 SKILL AND ABILITY EVALUATION TO JOIN PE PLASTIC BY ELECTROFUSION ... 6

6.0 SKILL AND ABILITY EVALUATION TO JOIN PE PLASTIC WITH MECHANICAL FITTINGS ...... 7

7.0 DISQUALIFICATION FROM JOINING PE PLASTIC ...... 7

8.0 DISQUALIFICATION FROM INSPECTING PE PLASTIC JOINTS ...... 13

9.0 IDENTIFICATION OF OPERATOR QUALIFICATION ...... 13

 10.0 RECORDS ...... 13

11.0 REFERENCES ...... 14

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 EH&S REVIEW BY: J. Fox OPERATIONS REVIEW BY: R. McGrath (Gas Constr.) DATE VOLUME: AUTHOR: APPROVED BY: PAGE 1 APPROVED: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, & YB Tomas Hernandez Construction Standards OF 14 Mark Baldovin Chief Engineer 12/7/17 and O&M Manual PAGES Gas Distribution Engineering

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS JOINING POLYETHYLENE

(PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS

AND SERVICES

1.0 SCOPE

This specification establishes the procedure and evaluation requirements for initial Operator Qualification and the requalification (annual and three year) for joiners and inspectors of polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe/tubing and fittings for gas mains and services.

NOTE: “Annual” means once each calendar year at intervals not exceeding 15 months.

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

Federal: 49 CFR Part 192, Sections 281, 283, 285, and 287.

State: 16 NYCRR Part 255, Sections 281, 283, 285, and 287.

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION

3.1 Joiners who tap an energized pipeline, weld steel, and join PE plastic pipe by heat fusion (butt fusion or branch saddle fusion), electrofusion, or with mechanical fittings shall be Operator Qualified.

All other “covered tasks” shall be completed by either Operator Qualified individuals or individuals under the direct observation of one who is Operator Qualified. “Direct observation” means that the Operator Qualified individual remains in direct visual and verbal contact at all times with the individual performing the task.

 3.2 Qualification of new and existing joiners and second inspectors of PE plastic pipe shall be performed and documented by Con Edison or Northeast Gas Association (NGA) trained evaluators.

 3.3 Disqualification of joiners and second inspectors will be documented in Industrial Training Services (ITS) as a suspension of the applicable covered task.

 3.4 To join PE plastic pipe by heat fusion (butt fusion or branch saddle fusion), electrofusion, or with mechanical fittings, joiners shall be qualified under the joining procedures in Gas Specifications G-8123, “Heat Fusion Joining

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, & NUMBER: PAGE 2 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards OF 14 G-8121-18a 12/7/17 and O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS JOINING POLYETHYLENE

(PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS

AND SERVICES

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION (Continued)

of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services,” IP-27, “Installation of Electrofusion Fittings on Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Molded Fittings Using a Universal Electrofusion Processor” and IP-20, “Installation of Mechanical Fittings for Plastic Pipe and Tubing.”

The qualification for joiners includes all of the below:

A) Training

The individual must be appropriately trained or experienced in the joining procedures in Gas Specifications G-8123, IP-27, and IP-20.

A manufacturer’s representative may do the initial training on a machine or equipment, but it must be documented (e.g. Hands-on- training (HOT)).

B) Knowledge Evaluation

Successful completion of the knowledge (written) evaluation to measure that an individual has the required knowledge of PE plastic pipe and the procedures to join PE plastic pipe.

 C) Skill and Ability Evaluation

Successful completion of the skill and ability (practical) evaluations to assess that individuals can correctly demonstrate the joining of PE plastic pipe by fabricating specimen joints for each of the following:  Butt fusion using manual machine.  Butt fusion using hydraulic machine (McElroy 28, 412, or 618)  Branch saddle fusion (Development Lab personnel only)  Electrofusion coupling  Electrofusion 16” coupling (optional)  Electrofusion saddle  Mechanical bolted fitting

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, & NUMBER: PAGE 3 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards OF 14 G-8121-18a 12/7/17 and O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS JOINING POLYETHYLENE

(PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS

AND SERVICES

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION (Continued)

 Mechanical compression fitting  Mechanical nut follower fitting

3.5 Initial Qualification of Joiners

Initial qualification requires joiners to be qualified under the joining procedures in Gas Specifications G-8123, IP-27, and IP-20 and/or the NGA Plastic Pipe Joining Manual by meeting the requirements of:  appropriate training or experience in the joining procedure(s),  knowledge (written) evaluation, and  skill and ability (practical) evaluation.

3.6 Requalification of Joiners

A) Following initial qualification, joiners who join PE plastic pipe shall be requalified under the joining procedures in Gas Specifications G- 8123, IP-27, and IP-20 and/or the NGA Plastic Pipe Joining Manual by meeting the requirements of:  skill and ability (practical) evaluation annually AND  knowledge (written) evaluation every three (3) years, not to exceed 39 months.

B) The annual skill and ability evaluation satisfies the requirements when during any 12-month period that person does not make any joints under the joining procedures in Gas Specifications G-8123, IP- 27, and IP-20.

C) At any time, joiners who join PE plastic pipe shall also be requalified under the joining procedures in Gas Specifications G-8123, IP-27, and IP-20, and/or the NGA Plastic Pipe Joining Manual if either:

 1. Any production joint made under the applicable joining procedure is found unacceptable by a qualified second inspector,

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, & NUMBER: PAGE 4 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards OF 14 G-8121-18a 12/7/17 and O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS JOINING POLYETHYLENE

(PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS

AND SERVICES

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION (Continued)

 2. Any production joint made under the applicable joining procedure that had been inspected by the qualified joiner is found visually unacceptable by another qualified second inspector (ie, Qualified management employee, Construction Representative (CR), Construction Inspector (CI), or independent 3rd party inspection). (See Section 7.4)

3. Any production joint made by heat fusion (butt fusion or branch saddle fusion), electrofusion, or with mechanical fittings is found unacceptable after pressure testing. (See Gas Specification G-8204, “Pressure Testing Requirements for Gas Mains and Services” OR

4. Company management recommends that the joiner be requalified.

 3.7 Initial Qualification of Second Inspectors

To be initially qualified to second inspect plastic joints:

A) A person must be either qualified as a joiner themselves, or B) Meet the requirements of:  appropriate training and  knowledge (written) evaluation.  3.8 Requalification of Second Inspectors

A) Following initial qualification, second inspectors shall be requalified by meeting the requirements of:

 knowledge (written) evaluation at periods of three (3) years, not to exceed 39 months.

B) At any time, second inspectors shall also be requalified, if either:

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, & NUMBER: PAGE 5 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards OF 14 G-8121-18a 12/7/17 and O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS JOINING POLYETHYLENE

(PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS

AND SERVICES

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION (Continued)

1. When any production joint made under the applicable joining procedure that had been inspected by the qualified second inspector is found visually unacceptable by another qualified second inspector (ie, Qualified management employee, Construction Representative (CR), Construction Inspector (CI), or independent 3rd party inspection). (See Section 8.0) OR

2. Company management recommends that the second inspector be requalified.

4.0 SKILL AND ABILITY EVALUATION TO JOIN PE PLASTIC BY HEAT FUSION

4.1 No person may join PE plastic pipe/tubing and fittings by heat fusion (butt fusion-manual, butt fusion- hydraulic, and branch saddle fusion) unless that person has been qualified under the applicable joining procedure by:

A) Making specimen joints from pipe sections joined according to the procedure that passes the following inspection and test:

1) The heat fusion specimen joints must be visually examined during and after joining and found to have the same appearance as a joint or photographs of a joint that is acceptable under the procedure.

2) The heat fusion specimen joint must be destructively tested. The joints shall be cut into at least three longitudinal straps, each of which is visually examined and found not to contain voids or discontinuities on the cut surfaces of the joint area and deformed by bending, torque, or impact, and if failure occurs, it must not initiate in the joint area.

5.0 SKILL AND ABILITY EVALUATION TO JOIN PE PLASTIC BY ELECTROFUSION

5.1 No person may join PE plastic pipe/tubing and fittings by electrofusion (coupling and saddle) unless that person has been qualified under the applicable joining procedure by:

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, & NUMBER: PAGE 6 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards OF 14 G-8121-18a 12/7/17 and O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS JOINING POLYETHYLENE

(PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS

AND SERVICES

5.0 SKILL AND ABILITY EVALUATION TO JOIN PE PLASTIC BY ELECTROFUSION (Continued)

A) Making specimen joints from pipe sections joined according to the procedure that passes the following inspection and test.

1) The specimen electrofusion joints must be visually examined during and after joining and found to have the same appearance as a joint or photographs of a joint that is acceptable under the procedure.

2) The specimen electrofusion joints must be destructively tested. The electrofusion joints shall be cut into at least three longitudinal straps, each of which is visually examined and found not to contain voids or discontinuities on the cut surfaces of the joint area and deformed by bending, torque, or impact, and if failure occurs, it must not initiate in the joint area.

6.0 SKILL AND ABILITY EVALUATION TO JOIN PE PLASTIC WITH MECHANICAL FITTINGS

6.1 No person may join PE plastic pipe/tubing with mechanical fittings unless that person has been qualified under the applicable joining procedure by:

A) Making specimen joints from pipe sections joined according to the procedure and the manufacturer’s installation guidelines that passes the following inspection and test.

1) The specimen mechanical joints must be visually examined during and after assembly and found to have the same appearance as a joint or photographs of a joint that is acceptable under the procedure.

7.0 DISQUALIFICATION FROM JOINING PE PLASTIC

7.1 In the event of disqualification, the joiner shall undergo remediation before being permitted to qualify/requalify.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, & NUMBER: PAGE 7 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards OF 14 G-8121-18a 12/7/17 and O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS JOINING POLYETHYLENE

(PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS

AND SERVICES

7.0 DISQUALIFICATION FROM JOINING PE PLASTIC (Continued)

7.2 Knowledge Evaluation

Failure of the knowledge (written) evaluation at either the initial qualification or the three year requalification will result in disqualification for that method of joining PE plastic.

7.3 Skill and Ability Evaluation

Reasons for failing the initial or annual skill and ability evaluation include, but are not limited to:

 A) Butt Fusion Using Manual or Hydraulic Machine  Failure to inspect the plastic pipe/tubing for scratches or defects.  Failure to clean the inside and outside of the pipe to be joined by wiping with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth.  Failure to check for pipe slippage at the proper fusion pressure prior to heating.  Failure to determine the drag pressure (if any) and calculate the proper fusion pressure.  Failure to verify the heating iron temperature with a calibrated contact pyrometer.  Pipe end misalignment.  Improper fusion pressure or pressure exerted during the heating cycle.  Insufficient or excessive melt bead.  Inadequate bead roll-back.  Failure to mark the pipe/tubing adjacent to the butt fused joint to identify the joiner.  The specimen joint differs in appearance as a specimen joint or photograph of joint that is acceptable under Gas Specification G-8123.  Failure of the destructive test. (See Section 4.1(A)(2))

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, & NUMBER: PAGE 8 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards OF 14 G-8121-18a 12/7/17 and O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS JOINING POLYETHYLENE

(PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS

AND SERVICES

7.0 DISQUALIFICATION FROM JOINING PE PLASTIC (Continued)

 B) Branch Saddle Fusion Using Hydraulic Machine  Failure to inspect the plastic pipe/tubing for scratches or defects.  Failure to roughen both the pipe surface and the base of the branch saddle.  Failure to clean the pipe surface and the base of the branch saddle by wiping with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth.  Failure to verify the heating iron temperature with a calibrated contact pyrometer.  Preheating the pipe.  Lack of uniform pressure both during the heating or fusion cycles.  Slippage or rotation of heater iron or fitting on pipe during heat cycle or fusion.  Insufficient or excessive melt bead.  Excessive fusion pressure causing the pipe to become out-of-round.  Inadequate bead roll-back.  The test joint differs in appearance from a sample joint.  Failure to mark the branch saddle fitting or the pipe/tubing adjacent to the branch saddle fusion joint to identify the joiner.  The specimen joint differs in appearance as a specimen joint or photograph of joint that is acceptable under Gas Specification G-8123.  Failure of the destructive test. (See Section 4.1(A)(2))

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, & NUMBER: PAGE 9 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards OF 14 G-8121-18a 12/7/17 and O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS JOINING POLYETHYLENE

(PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS

AND SERVICES

7.0 DISQUALIFICATION FROM JOINING PE PLASTIC (Continued)

 C) Electrofusion Coupling Joint  Failure to inspect the plastic pipe/tubing for scratches or defects.  Failure to measure and mark the area on pipe to be scraped.  Insufficient or excessive pipe scraping.  Failure to clean electrofusion fitting and pipe surface with either 96% alcohol wipes (Class/Stock #689-3135 and 025- 3724) or a clean, dry, lint-free non- synthetic (e.g. cotton) cloth or paper towel (e.g. NS0209687) with 99.9% liquid isopropyl alcohol (Class/Stock #630-1246) after scraping.  Contamination of pipe ends after scraping.  Contamination of fusion area inside coupling.  Pipe end misalignment.  Improper stab depth.  Insufficient cool-down time before clamping fixture is removed.  Failure to mark the electrofusion fitting or the pipe/tubing adjacent to the electrofusion joint to identify the joiner.  The specimen joint differs in appearance as a specimen joint or photograph of joint that is acceptable under Gas Specification IP-27  Failure of the destructive test. (See Section 5.1(A)(2))

 D) Electrofusion Saddle Joint  Failure to inspect the plastic pipe/tubing for scratches or defects.  Failure to measure and mark the area on the pipe to be scraped.  Insufficient or excessive pipe scraping.  Contamination of pipe after scraping.  Contamination of fusion area under branch saddle.  Improper alignment of pipe ends

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, & NUMBER: PAGE 10 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards OF 14 G-8121-18a 12/7/17 and O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS JOINING POLYETHYLENE

(PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS

AND SERVICES

7.0 DISQUALIFICATION FROM JOINING PE PLASTIC (Continued)

 D) Electrofusion Saddle Joint (Continued)  Failure to clean electrofusion fitting and pipe surface with either 96% alcohol wipes (Class/Stock #689-3135 and 025- 3724) or a clean, dry, lint-free non- synthetic (e.g. cotton) cloth or paper towel (e.g. NS0209687) with 99.9% liquid isopropyl alcohol (Class/Stock #630-1246) after scraping.  Insufficient cool-down time before clamping fixture is removed.  Failure to mark the electrofusion fitting or the pipe/tubing adjacent to the electrofusion joint to identify the joiner.  The specimen joint differs in appearance as a specimen joint or photograph of joint that is acceptable under Gas Specification IP-27  Failure of the destructive test. (See Section 5.1(A)(2))

 E) Mechanical Fittings  Failure to inspect the plastic pipe/tubing for scratches or defects.  Failure to follow the installation procedure outlined in Gas Specification IP-20 and the manufacturer’s installation procedure.  Failure to measure and mark the correct insertion depth on the plastic pipe/tubing.  Installing the coupling without a stiffener or with the wrong stiffener (if required).  Failure to fully insert the plastic pipe/tubing into the coupling/fitting.  Failure to chamfer the edge of the plastic tubing prior to inserting into coupling/fitting (if applicable).  Failure to mark the mechanical fitting or the pipe/tubing adjacent to the mechanical fitting to identify the joiner.  The specimen joint differs in appearance as a specimen joint or photograph of joint that is acceptable under Gas Specification IP-20.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, & NUMBER: PAGE 11 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards OF 14 G-8121-18a 12/7/17 and O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS JOINING POLYETHYLENE

(PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS

AND SERVICES

7.0 DISQUALIFICATION FROM JOINING PE PLASTIC (Continued)

7.4 Poor Work Performance

 A) A joiner will be disqualified (suspended in ITS) from joining PE plastic when any production joint made under the applicable joining procedure is found visually unacceptable by a qualified second inspector. The joiner must be requalified in that method of joining (e.g. manual/hydraulic butt fusion, electrofusion, or mechanical joining), prior to performing any additional PE plastic joining of that method.

B) At any time, Company management may disqualify an installer from joining PE plastic due to poor work performance (e.g., visually unacceptable production joints, non-compliance with joining procedures, etc.).

7.5 Main or Service Pressure Test Failure at a Joint

A joiner will be disqualified when any production joint made by heat fusion (butt fusion or branch saddle fusion), electrofusion, or with mechanical fittings is found unacceptable after pressure testing. (See Gas Specification G-8204, “Pressure Testing Requirements for Gas Mains and Services”)

A) If a main or service pressure test fails at a PE plastic fuse or mechanical joint, the joiner must immediately notify their supervisor (Company employee) or Company Authorized Representative (gas contractor). The supervisor or Company Authorized Representative shall provide email notification of the disqualification to Gas Compliance (dl – Gas Quality Control)

7.6 Failure to requalify prior to the expiration dates of either the annual requalification (Skill and Ability Evaluation) or the three year requalification (Knowledge Evaluation) shall immediately disqualify the joiner from performing that type of PE plastic pipe joining. The disqualified installer must then be requalified.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, & NUMBER: PAGE 12 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards OF 14 G-8121-18a 12/7/17 and O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS JOINING POLYETHYLENE

(PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS

AND SERVICES

8.0 DISQUALIFICATION FROM INSPECTING PE PLASTIC JOINTS

 8.1 In the event of disqualification, the second inspector shall undergo remediation before being permitted to qualify/requalify.

8.2 Knowledge Evaluation

Failure of the knowledge (written) evaluation at either the initial qualification or the three year requalification will result in disqualification for that method of inspecting PE plastic joints.

 8.3 Poor Work Performance

A second inspector will be disqualified from inspecting PE plastic joints when any production joint made under the applicable joining procedure is found unacceptable by another second inspector (e.g., Qualified management employee, Construction Representative (CR), Construction Inspector (CI), 3rd party inspector). The second inspector must be requalified prior to performing any additional PE plastic joint inspection.

9.0 IDENTIFICATION OF OPERATOR QUALIFICATION

 9.1 Each Operator Qualified joiner or second inspector shall be issued a qualification card (or equivalent) identifying the covered tasks they are qualified to perform.

 9.2 The qualification card (or equivalent) shall be in the joiner's/second inspector’s possession whenever performing/inspecting joining of PE plastic pipe by heat fusion, electrofusion, or mechanical fittings.

 10.0 RECORDS

Any records generated in the course of performing work in accordance with this specification shall be maintained as required by Corporate Instruction CI-870- 1 “Records Management”. Guidance on the retention of Company Gas Operations records can also be found on the Records Management intranet site.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, & NUMBER: PAGE 13 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards OF 14 G-8121-18a 12/7/17 and O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS JOINING POLYETHYLENE

(PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS

AND SERVICES

11.0 REFERENCES

G-8123 Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8204 Pressure Testing Requirements for Gas Mains and Services

IP-20 Installation of Mechanical Fittings for Plastic Pipe and Tubing

IP-27 Installation of Electrofusion Fittings on PE Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Molded Fittings Using a Universal Electrofusion Processor

Con Edison's Operator Qualification Written Plan

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, & NUMBER: PAGE 14 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards OF 14 G-8121-18a 12/7/17 and O&M Manual PAGES

LAST REVIEW DATE: 3/1/17 REVIEW CYCLE: 5 Years  EFFECTIVE DATE: 5/4/17

SPECIFICATION: G-8122-12b

TITLE: INSPECTION, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND TRANSPORTATION OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE, TUBING, AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

 VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10 & Yellow Book

 COURSE ID: GAS0343

 CORE GROUPS: Gas Construction, and Emergency Response Force Lead Mechanic

 TARGET AUDIENCE Gas Construction, Emergency Response Force (ERF), Gas Development Lab, Gas Contractors, Per Diem, Construction, Stores Operations, and Emergency Response Force Lead Mechanic

REV 12b (4/9/18): − Incorporated Records Retention Section 6.0; renumbered Section 6:0 “References” to Section 7.0 and Section 7.0 “Attachments” to Section 8.0. − Cover Page: Added “Emergency Response Force Lead Mechanic” to Core Groups and Target Audience.

REV 12a (12/18/17): − Cover Page: Added specification to O&M Manual (Volume 10). Added Gas Construction to Core Group(s). − Section 2.0: Added Case 14-G-0201 and 14-G-0212 to Legal Requirements.

TITLE: INSPECTION, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND TRANSPORTATION OF POLYETHYLENE (PE)

PLASTIC PIPE, TUBING, AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

REVISIONS: (See )

1) Added Effective Date.

2) Cover Page - Changed “Registration Number” to “Course ID”; Added “Core Groups”; Changed “Target Training” to “Target Audience”.

3) Section 3.2 (A) - Reformatted. Changed “2 years” to “10 years” in (A) (2).

4) Section 3.2 (B) - Added section and note referencing Appendix C.

5) Section 3.3 - Added requirement to utilize a pit gauge.

6) Section 4.3 (A) - Changed “2 years” to “10 years”.

7) Section 4.4 (C) - Clarified restriction on dragging pipe on the ground.

8) Section 6.0 - Revised “ASTM D2315-99 “to “ASTM D2513-09a”. Updated Performance Pipe Bulletin to Sept, 2015.

9) Section 7.0 - Added Attachment C.

10) Attachments - Added Attachment C.

G-8122-12b

Gas Operations Standards

TITLE: INSPECTION, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND

TRANSPORTATION OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE, TUBING, AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

1.0 SCOPE 2

 2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 2

3.0 INSPECTION AT COMPANY FACILITY, GAS CONTRACTOR YARD, AND JOB SITE 2

4.0 TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING, AND STORAGE 3

5.0 MISCELLANEOUS 7

 6.0 RECORDS RETENTION 7

 7.0 REFERENCES 7

 8.0 ATTACHMENTS 8

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 5/4/17 EH&S REVIEW BY: D. Gately OPERATIONS REVIEW BY: R. McGrath (Gas Constr.) DATE VOLUMES: PAGE 1 AUTHOR: APPROVED BY: APPROVED: 2 (Section 7.0), 10 & YB OF Tomas Hernandez Construction Standards 8 M. Baldovin Chief Engineer 3/1/17 and O&M Manual PAGES Gas Distribution Engineering

TITLE: INSPECTION, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND TRANSPORTATION OF POLYETHYLENE (PE)

PLASTIC PIPE, TUBING, AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

1.0 SCOPE

This specification applies to the inspection, handling, storage, and transportation, of polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings (e.g. valves, elbows, reducers, transition fittings, service tees) for gas mains and services by Company and Gas Contractor forces.

 2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

Federal: 49 CFR Part 192, Sections 311 and 321

New York State: 16 NYCRR Part 255, Sections 311 and 321

Case 14-G-0201 and 14-G-0212

3.0 INSPECTION AT COMPANY FACILITY, GAS CONTRACTOR YARD, AND JOB SITE

3.1 All loose and bundled/packaged PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings shall be inspected for PE plastic material requirements, age, and damage upon delivery to Company facilities, Gas Contractor yards, and job sites AND prior to installation.

Where PE plastic pipe is bundled upon delivery, the bundle shall be inspected for damage, PE Plastic material requirements, and age to the extent possible without unbundling. However, the pipe shall be fully inspected prior to installation.

 3.2 PE Plastic Material Requirements and Age

 A) Upon delivery to Company facility (when feasible) and Gas contractor yard, and prior to installation, inspect the print line on PE plastic pipe, tubing, and the label or imprint on PE fittings to verify: 1) PE plastic material is high density polyethylene (HDPE), PE3408/4710, and manufactured per ASTM D2513.  2) PE plastic material is NOT older than 10 years old.

 B) Refer to Appendix C for guidance in determining the date of manufacture of PE plastic pipe, tubing and other PE fittings.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 5/4/17 DATE VOLUMES: 2 (Section 7.0), 10 & NUMBER: PAGE 2 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and G-8122-12b 3/1/17 OF 8 PAGES O&M Manual

TITLE: INSPECTION, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND TRANSPORTATION OF POLYETHYLENE (PE)

PLASTIC PIPE, TUBING, AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

3.0 INSPECTION AT COMPANY FACILITY, GAS CONTRACTOR YARD, AND JOB SITE (Continued)

Note: Appendix C is not intended to be an all-inclusive listing. Refer to manufacturer’s literature for additional information.

 3.3 Damage

Inspect packaged and loose PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings for damage greater than the maximum permissible defect depth utilizing a pit gauge (10% of the wall thickness, See Attachment A). A) Upon delivery to Company facilities and Gas contractor yards, any PE plastic pipe or tubing received damaged (e.g. kinks, buckles, dents, gouges, grooves, etc.) deeper than the maximum permissible defect depth must be returned. Any damage to PE plastic fittings deeper than the maximum permissible defect depth must also be returned. B) At the job site, any damage to PE plastic pipe or tubing (e.g. kinks, buckles, dents, gouges, grooves, etc.) deeper than the maximum permissible defect depth must be removed by cutting out the damaged section as a cylinder. The minimum cylinder length to be removed is one pipe diameter or 12 inches, whichever is greater. Any damage to PE plastic fittings deeper than the maximum permissible defect depth must not be installed.

4.0 TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING, AND STORAGE

4.1 Transportation

During transportation of the PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings by the Company/Gas Contractor to Company/Gas Contractor yard or job site, the following precautions shall be taken: A) Bed, rails or stanchions of the truck must be free from projections or sharp objects which could scratch or puncture the PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings. B) Straight lengths of PE plastic pipe are to be loaded and transported in a way that will prevent excessive movement, vibration, and avoid stress concentration due to binding or strapping.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 5/4/17 DATE VOLUMES: 2 (Section 7.0), 10 & NUMBER: PAGE 3 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and G-8122-12b 3/1/17 OF 8 PAGES O&M Manual

TITLE: INSPECTION, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND TRANSPORTATION OF POLYETHYLENE (PE)

PLASTIC PIPE, TUBING, AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

4.0 TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING, AND STORAGE (Continued)

C) PE plastic pipe shall not overhang more than 3 feet from the end of the truck. Stacking height must be limited to a height that produces no bending of the pipe overhang.

4.2 Handling

During handling of the PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings by the Company/Gas Contractor at the Company/Gas Contractor yard or job site, the following precautions shall be taken: A) Coils of PE plastic pipe and tubing supplied strapped by the manufacturer should remain strapped until the moment of installation, where practical. B) Individual pipe lengths or pallets shall not be dropped off the truck. C) Bundles of straight lengths of PE plastic pipe bundled by the manufacturer may be lifted by crane or fork lift. D) Web-type nylon, leather, rope or fabric slings shall be used for handling PE plastic pipe and tubing. Wire rope, chains, cables, tongs or other metallic equipment shall not be used for handling the PE plastic pipe and tubing. The cautious use of a fork truck to handle/lift the PE plastic pipe and tubing is permissible. E) Individual lengths of PE plastic pipe should be lifted manually. When this is not practical, a crane, fork lift, backhoe or similar equipment may be used. See Table 1 for weights of 40’ lengths of PE plastic pipe.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 5/4/17 DATE VOLUMES: 2 (Section 7.0), 10 & NUMBER: PAGE 4 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and G-8122-12b 3/1/17 OF 8 PAGES O&M Manual

TITLE: INSPECTION, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND TRANSPORTATION OF POLYETHYLENE (PE)

PLASTIC PIPE, TUBING, AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

4.0 TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING, AND STORAGE (Continued)

Table 1, Approximate Weight of Individual Straight Lengths of PE Plastic Pipe

Weight per 40' Length Diameter SDR (Pounds) 2" 11 26 11 56 3" 21 (PIM) 40 4" 11 92 11 200 6" 26 (PIM) 89 11 340 8" 26 (PIM) 152 15.5 383 10" 32.5 (PIM) 190 12" 11 742 11 1168 16" 15.5 848 32.5 (PIM) 420

4.3 Storage at Company/Gas Contractor Yard

 A) PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings shall be inventory controlled to prevent material older than 10 years old from being issued or used by field personnel for installation. B) New coils of PE plastic pipe and tubing shall be left on the original pallets C) Bundles of PE plastic pipe may be stacked evenly upon each other to an overall height of about six feet (6’) high. If the storage site is not flat and level, limit the stacking height to about four feet (4’) height. D) Bundles of PE plastic pipe shall be placed on evenly spaced wood pallets or steel I-Beam support racks. The I-Beams shall have padding or wood installed that will sufficiently cushion the PE plastic pipes against damage. E) Individual/loose straight lengths of PE plastic pipe may be stacked in rows. Pipes should be laid straight, not crossing over or entangled with each other. The base row must be placed on evenly spaced wood and installed to prevent sideways movement or shifting. (See Tables 2 and 3).

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 5/4/17 DATE VOLUMES: 2 (Section 7.0), 10 & NUMBER: PAGE 5 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and G-8122-12b 3/1/17 OF 8 PAGES O&M Manual

TITLE: INSPECTION, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND TRANSPORTATION OF POLYETHYLENE (PE)

PLASTIC PIPE, TUBING, AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

4.0 TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING, AND STORAGE (Continued)

Table 2, Maximum Number of Rows High for Stacking 20' - 40' Individual Straight Lengths of PE Plastic Pipe

Plastic Pipe Maximum Number of SDR Diameter Rows High 2” 11 24 3” 11 18 4” 11 12 6” 11 8 8” 11 6 10” 15.5 5 12” 11 4 16” 15.5 3 16” 11 3

Table 3, Maximum Number of Rows High for Stacking 20' - 40' Individual Straight Lengths of PE Plastic Pipe PIM Sleeve

PE Plastic Pipe Maximum Number of SDR Diameter Rows High 3” 21 14 6” 26 10 8” 26 8 10” 32.5 6 16” 32.5 4

4.4 Storage at Job Site

A) The storage area should provide adequate protection against physical damage. If possible, follow storage guidelines for Company/Gas Contractor yard (see Section 4.3).

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 5/4/17 DATE VOLUMES: 2 (Section 7.0), 10 & NUMBER: PAGE 6 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and G-8122-12b 3/1/17 OF 8 PAGES O&M Manual

TITLE: INSPECTION, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND TRANSPORTATION OF POLYETHYLENE (PE)

PLASTIC PIPE, TUBING, AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

4.0 TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING, AND STORAGE (Continued)

4.4 Storage at Job Site (Continued)

B) Individual/loose straight pipes of PE plastic pipe may be stored directly on a smooth surface that will not cause cuts, gouges, indentations, or punctures. When field conditions exist that could cause this type of damage, the pipe shall be placed on evenly spaced sandbags, padding, or other suitable protective material.

 C) Pipe shall not be dragged on the ground/surface that will cause cuts, gouges, indentations or punctures, unless protection is provided.

5.0 MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 The Gas Contractor is responsible for the PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings once in their possession. Any damage or loss incurred during transportation, storage, and/or handling operations shall be replaced at the Gas Contractor’s expense.

5.2 All scrap PE plastic pipe and/or tubing that cannot be reused, shall be brought back to the Con Edison workout location for proper disposal/recycling.

 6.0 RECORDS RETENTION

Any records generated in the course of performing work in accordance with this specification shall be maintained as required by Corporate Instruction CI-870-1 “Records Management”. Guidance on the retention of Company Gas Operations records can also be found on the Records Management intranet site.

 7.0 REFERENCES

G-8104 - Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

 ASTM D2513-09a - Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings

Plastics Pipe Institute (PPI) Material Handling Guide (2001)

 Performance Pipe Bulletin PP-901 Sept, 2015)

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 5/4/17 DATE VOLUMES: 2 (Section 7.0), 10 & NUMBER: PAGE 7 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and G-8122-12b 3/1/17 OF 8 PAGES O&M Manual

TITLE: INSPECTION, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND TRANSPORTATION OF POLYETHYLENE (PE)

PLASTIC PIPE, TUBING, AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

 8.0 ATTACHMENTS

Attachment A – PE Plastic Pipe/Tubing Chart Maximum Permissible Damage

Attachment B – PE Plastic Pipe and Tubing Information

Attachment C – Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 5/4/17 DATE VOLUMES: 2 (Section 7.0), 10 & NUMBER: PAGE 8 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and G-8122-12b 3/1/17 OF 8 PAGES O&M Manual

ATTACHMENT A

PE PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING CHART MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE DAMAGE

Outside Minimum Maximum Nominal Size SDR Diameter Wall Thickness Permissible Of Pipe / Tubing Defect Depth 1/2” CTS 7.0 0.625” 0.090” 0.009” 1” CTS 12.5 1.125” 0.090” 0.009” 1 1/4” CTS 15.3 1.375” 0.090” 0.009” 1” IPS 11 1.315” 0.119” 0.011” 1 1/4” IPS 11 1.660” 0.151” 0.015” 2” IPS 11 2.375” 0.215” 0.021” 3” IPS 11 3.500” 0.318” 0.031” 4” IPS 11 4.500” 0.409” 0.040” 6” IPS 11 6.625” 0.602” 0.060” 8” IPS 11 8.625” 0.785” 0.078” 10” IPS 11 10.750” 0.977” 0.097” 10” IPS 15.5 10.750” 0.694” 0.069” 12” IPS 11 12.750” 1.159” 0.115” 16" IPS 11 16.000" 1.455" 0.145"

G-8122-12b

ATTACHMENT B

PE PLASTIC PIPE AND TUBING INFORMATION

C/S # DESCRIPTION

Weight Coils Pallets Lbs per Coil Feet per 8300 COILED TUBING / PIPE per per per Packaging Foot Weight Truck Truck Pallet Truck

360-0947 1/2" CTS (.090 WT) - 500' coils 0.066 33 156,000 10,296 12 26 Pallet 360-0988 1" CTS (.090 WT) - 500' coils 0.13 65 104,000 13,520 8 26 Pallet 360-0954 1-1/4" CTS (.090 WT) - 500' coils 0.16 80 72,000 11,520 6 24 Pallet 328-0351 1" IPS (SDR 11) - 500' coils 0.20 100 78,000 15,600 6 26 Pallet 328-0369 1-1/4" IPS (SDR 11) - 500' coils 0.31 155 42,000 13,020 12 7 Pallet 328-0377 2" IPS (SDR 11) - 350' coils 0.64 224 ______Pallet

Lbs Weight Lengths Bundles Lbs per Feet per Bundle 8300 PIPE - 40 FOOT LENGTHS per per per per Foot Truck Style Length Truck Bundle Truck 328-0856 2" IPS Pipe (SDR 11) 0.64 25.6 49,280 31,539 88 14 Hard 328-0385 3" IPS Pipe (SDR 11) 1.40 56.0 28,000 39,200 50 14 Soft 328-0393 4" IPS Pipe (SDR 11) 2.30 92.0 16,240 37,352 29 14 Soft 328-0401 6" IPS Pipe (SDR 11). 5.01 200.4 7,280 36,473 13 14 Soft 328-0518 8" IPS Pipe (SDR 11) 8.49 339.6 3,600 30,564 9 10 Soft 328-0658 10" IPS Pipe (SDR 15.5) 9.58 383.2 2,520 24,142 5 & 4 7 & 7 Bulk 328-0641 12" IPS Pipe (SDR 11) 18.55 742.0 1,920 35,616 4 12 Bulk 328-0831 16" IPS Pipe (SDR 15.5) 21.21 848.4 1,200 25,452 3 10 Bulk 320-0053 16” IPS Pipe (SDR 11) 29.21 1168.4 1,200 35,052 3 10 Bulk

Lbs Weight Lengths Bundles Lbs per Feet per Bundle 8300 PIPE - 20 FOOT LENGTHS per per per per Foot Truck Style Length Truck Bundle Truck 328-0591 2" IPS Pipe (SDR 11) 0.64 12.80 49,280 31,539 88 28 Hard 328-0583 3" IPS Pipe (SDR 11) 1.40 28.00 28,000 39,200 50 28 Soft 328-0575 4" IPS Pipe (SDR 11) 2.30 46.00 16,240 37,352 29 28 Soft 328-0567 6" IPS Pipe (SDR 11). 5.01 100.20 7,280 36,473 13 28 Soft 328-0559 8" IPS Pipe (SDR 11) 8.49 169.80 3,600 30,564 9 20 Soft 328-0849 12" IPS Pipe (SDR 11) 18.55 371.00 1,920 35,616 4 24 Bulk

G-8122-12b

 ATTACHMENT C

Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings

Polyethylene Gas Pipe or Tubing

Pipe / tubing was manufactured per ASTM D2513 (gas piping). The date of manufacture is indicated as May 1, 2013

Attachment C Page 1 of 15 G-8122-12b

 ATTACHMENT C (Continued)

Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings

Fitting With Label

Date of Manufacture:The date can be found on the label and is shown as the month/year. In the photo above 4/14 (April, 2014).

Attachment C Page 2 of 15 G-8122-12b

 ATTACHMENT C (Continued)

Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings 2 inch IPS Metfit Mechanical Coupling

Date of Manufacture: The date is indicated by the year in the center of the dial with the arrow pointing to the month. In the photo above 9/14 (Sept, 2014)

Attachment C Page 3 of 15 G-8122-12b

 ATTACHMENT C (Continued)

Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings

Central 4” IPS Cap

Date of manufacture: The date can be found on the label and is shown as the month/year. In the photo above 10/14 (October, 2014)

Attachment C Page 4 of 15 G-8122-12b

 ATTACHMENT C (Continued)

Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings

Central Plastics 2” x 1-1/4” IPS PE Reducer

Date of manufacture: The date can be found on the label and is shown as the month/year. In the photo above 3/15 (March, 2015)

Date of manufacture: The date can also be indicated by the year in the center of the dial and the arrow pointing to the month. In the photo above 3/15 (March, 2015)

Attachment C Page 5 of 15 G-8122-12b

 ATTACHMENT C (Continued)

Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings

Central Plastics 90 Degree PE Elbow

Date of manufacture: The date can be found on the label and is shown as the month/year. In the photo above 4/14 (April, 2014)

Date of manufacture: The date can also be indicated by the year in the center of the dial and the arrow pointing to the month. In the photo above 4/15 (April, 2014)

Attachment C Page 6 of 15 G-8122-12b

 ATTACHMENT C (Continued)

Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings

Elster Perfection PE Ball Valve

The date on the sticker is the assembly and test date. In this case 4/17/2015.

Date of Manufacture: The date is indicated by the year in the center of the dial with the arrow pointing to the month. In the photo above 1/15 (Jan, 2015.) The expiration date should be taken as 10 years from the oldest month/year. For the valve shown above, the expiration date should be January, 2017

Attachment C Page 7 of 15 G-8122-12b

 ATTACHMENT C (Continued)

Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings

Central Plastics 1.25” x 1” Electrofusion Reducer

Date of manufacture: The date can be found on the label and is shown as the month/year. In the photo above 10/14 (October, 2014)

Date of manufacture: The date can also be indicated by the year in the center of the dial and the arrow pointing to the month. In the photo above 10/14 (October, 2014)

Attachment C Page 8 of 15 G-8122-12b

 ATTACHMENT C (Continued)

Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings

2” Polyvalve PE Valve

The label does not have information regarding the date of manufacture. (See below).

Date of Manufacture: The date is branded onto the body of the valve as YY/MM/DD. In the photo above, November, 4, 2014.

Attachment C Page 9 of 15 G-8122-12b

 ATTACHMENT C (Continued)

Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings

Frialen 2” IPS Electrofusion Coupling

The label does not have information regarding the date of manufacture. (See below).

Date of Manufacture is indicated as described below. For the coupling above, it was manufactured the week 44 of 2013.

Note: This diagram is not associated with the photographs above.

Attachment C Page 10 of 15 G-8122-12b

 ATTACHMENT C (Continued) Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings

Performance Pipe Fittings

NOTE: Label Shown As a Sample Only. Series 6500 (Medium Density) Fittings Are Not Approved By Con Ed.

Attachment C Page 11 of 15 G-8122-12b

 ATTACHMENT C (Continued) Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings

Frialen XL Couplers

Attachment C Page 12 of 15 G-8122-12b

 ATTACHMENT C (Continued)

Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings

Plasson Molded Fittings

Date of manufacture: The date is indicated by the five digit number embossed onto the body of the valve below the sticker. The first digit is the number of the machine that molded the fitting. The next two digits are the week that the fitting was manufactured and the last set of digits is the year of manufacture. In this case the number “12615” indicates the fitting was manufactured in week 26 of 2015.

Attachment C Page 13 of 15 G-8122-12b

 ATTACHMENT C (Continued)

Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings

IPEX Electrofusion Fittings

Date of manufacture is indicated by the digits imprinted next to the sticker. The first two digits are the week that the fitting was manufactured while the second set of digits show the year of manufacture. In this case, “4414” indicates that the body of the fitting was manufactured in week 44 of 2014.

Attachment C Page 14 of 15 G-8122-12b

 ATTACHMENT C (Continued)

Guidelines for Determining the Age of PE Pipe, Tubing and Fittings

GasBreaker Excess Flow Valve

Date of manufacture: The manufacture date is determined by the four digits circled above. The first two digits provide the week of manufacture and the second set of digits provide the year of manufacture. In this case the fitting was manufactured in week 16 of 2016.

Attachment C Page 15 of 15 G-8122-12b

LAST REVIEW DATE: 12/7/17 REVIEW CYCLE: 5 Years EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18

SPECIFICATION: G-8123-20a

TITLE: HEAT FUSION JOINING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, and Yellow Book

COURSE ID: GAS0452

CORE GROUP: Gas Construction

TARGET AUDIENCE: Gas Construction, Emergency Response Force (ERF), Gas Development Lab, Construction, Per Diem, and Gas Contractors

REV 20a (4-9-18)

Table of Contents: Added “RECORDS” Section. Section 4.1 & 4.3: Updated Company approved markers. Section 4.4: Updated section to reference GAS6006 for marking PE joints. Section 11.0: Added new Records section. Renumbered subsequent sections.

REVISIONS (See ):

1) Table of Contents, - Changed “Peer” to “Second”. Section 4.0

2) Section 3.3 - Changed “Peer” to “Second”.

3) Section 4.0 - Changed “Peer” to “Second”.

4) Section 4.2 - Changed “Peer” to “Second”.

5) Section 4.3 - Changed “Peer” to “Second” and defined “P” as “Pass”.

6) Section 4.4 - Changed “Peer” to “Second”.

G-8123-20a Gas Operations Standards

TITLE: HEAT FUSION JOINING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

1.0 SCOPE 2

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 2

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION 2

 4.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLERS AND SECOND INSPECTORS 3

5.0 QUALIFICATION OF HEAT FUSION JOINING PROCEDURES 5

6.0 GENERAL GUIDELINES 5

7.0 BUTT FUSION JOINING GUIDELINES 10

8.0 BRANCH SADDLE FUSION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES 11

9.0 HEAT FUSION EQUIPMENT 11

10.0 HEAT FUSION DURING COLD AND/OR INCLEMENT WEATHER 13

11.0 RECORDS 13

12.0 REFERENCES 14

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 EH&S REVIEW BY: J. Fox OPERATIONS REVIEW BY: R. McGrath (Gas Constr.) APPROVED DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, and AUTHOR: PAGE 1 BY: APPROVED: Yellow Book Tomas Hernandez Mark Construction Standards and OF 14 Chief Engineer 12/7/17 Baldovin O&M Manual PAGES Gas Distribution Engineering

TITLE: HEAT FUSION JOINING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

1.0 SCOPE

This specification details the requirements for heat fusion joining of polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe, tubing, and molded fittings for gas mains and services by butt fusion and branch saddle fusion.

See Gas Specification IP-27, “Installation of Electrofusion Fittings on Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Molded Fittings Using a Universal Electrofusion Processor” for the requirements to join PE plastic pipe, tubing, and molded fittings by electrofusion.

See Gas Specification IP-20, “Installation of Mechanical Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing” for the requirements to join PE plastic pipe and tubing with mechanical fittings.

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

Federal: 49 CFR Part 192, Sections 273, 281, 283, 285, and 287.

State: 16 NYCRR Part 255, Sections 273, 281, 283, 285, and 287.

National Safety Transportation Board (NTSB) Accident DCA14MP002, Safety Recommendations P-15-034 and P-15-035

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION

3.1 Installers who tap an energized pipeline, weld steel, and join PE plastic pipe must be Operator Qualified.

All other “covered tasks” shall be completed by either Operator Qualified individuals or individuals under the direct observation of one who is Operator Qualified. “Direct observation” means that the Operator Qualified individual remains in direct visual and verbal contact at all times with the individual performing the task.

3.2 Installers who join PE plastic pipe/ tubing and fittings must be Operator Qualified and in compliance with the annual requalification requirements of Gas Specification G-8121, "Qualification of Installers Joining Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services."

A) All heat fusion joints must be fabricated in accordance with the fusion

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, and NUMBER: PAGE 2 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF G-8123-20a 12/7/17 O&M Manual 14 PAGES

TITLE: HEAT FUSION JOINING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION (Continued)

procedures outlined in this specification, the Northeast Gas Association (NGA) Plastic Pipe Joining Manual, and the manufacturers’ operating manual for the approved heat fusion joining equipment. (See Sections 7.1 and 8.2)

B) All electrofusion joints must be fabricated in accordance with the fusion procedures outlined in IP-27, “Installation of Electrofusion Fittings on Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/ Tubing and Molded Fittings Using a Universal Electrofusion Processor.”

C) All mechanical joints must be fabricated in accordance with the installation procedures outlined in Gas Specification IP-20, “Installation of Mechanical Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing”.

 3.3 Second Inspectors of PE Plastic Joints

 A) Second inspectors who inspect PE plastic pipe joints (heat fusion, electrofusion, or with mechanical fittings) shall be Operator Qualified and in compliance with the annual requalification stipulated in Gas Specification G- 8121 OR Operator Qualified to visually inspect PE plastic joints (e.g. Covered Task 52 or equivalent) and current with 3 year requalification.

 4.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLERS AND SECOND INSPECTORS

 4.1 All installers (Company, Contractor, Per Diem) of heat fusion joints on PE plastic pipe, tubing, and molded fittings shall identify the installer by marking the plastic pipe, tubing, or fittings adjacent to the heat fusion joint at 12 o'clock (or as close to 12 o'clock as is possible) with a Company approved marker (e.g. PX-20 White Paint Marker (C/S # 024-7106) or Silver Sharpie).

A) Company installers shall clearly print “J” for joiner AND their 5 digit employee number.

B) Contractor and Per Diem installers shall clearly print “J” for joiner AND their respective NGA Industrial Training Service (ITS) Operator Qualification identification number.

 4.2 After the heat fusion joints have cooled and solidified, the Operator Qualified

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, and NUMBER: PAGE 3 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF G-8123-20a 12/7/17 O&M Manual 14 PAGES

TITLE: HEAT FUSION JOINING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

 4.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLERS AND SECOND INSPECTORS (Continued)

installer and the Operator Qualified second inspector shall visually inspect all heat fusion joints around the entire circumference of the joint and compare against visually acceptable butt fusion joints in the NGA Plastic Pipe Joining Manual.

A) Butt fusion joints should have uniform double fusion beads rolled over to the surface, be uniformly rounded, and consistent in size all around the joint. The PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings must be properly aligned (NOT angled or mitered).

NOTES:

When butt fusing to molded fittings, the fitting side bead may have an irregular appearance. This is acceptable provided the pipe side bead is correct.

This bead configuration DOES NOT apply to joints made with Dupont Aldyl A MDPE, Uponor Aldyl A MDPE or Phillips Driscopipe 7000 and 8000 HDPE.

B) Branch saddle fusion joints should have a characteristic three (3) bead shape and all beads should be uniformly sized all around the fitting base. The first bead (fitting base melt bead) and the third or center bead (main pipe melt bead) should be about the same size all around the fitting base. The PE plastic pipe must be properly aligned.

 4.3 All second inspectors (Company, Contractor, Per Diem) of heat fusion joints on PE plastic pipe, tubing, and molded fittings shall identify the second inspector by marking the plastic pipe, tubing, or fittings adjacent to the heat fusion joint at 12 o'clock (or as close to 12 o'clock as is possible) with a Company approved marker (e.g. PX-20 White Paint Marker (C/S # 024-7106) or Silver Sharpie).

A) Company second inspectors shall clearly print “P” for second inspector, CE (for Con Edison), AND their 5 digit employee number.

B) Contractor and Per Diem second inspectors shall clearly print “P” for ”Pass” AND their respective Learning Center Operator Qualification identification number (as noted on Con Edison Operator Qualification card) or NGA ITS Operator Qualification identification number.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, and NUMBER: PAGE 4 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF G-8123-20a 12/7/17 O&M Manual 14 PAGES

TITLE: HEAT FUSION JOINING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

 4.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLERS AND SECOND INSPECTORS (Continued)

 4.4 All PE plastic joints, joiners, and second inspectors shall be marked and documented as per DOJT GAS6006, “Documentation and Inspection of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Joints on Gas Mains and Services.”

5.0 QUALIFICATION OF HEAT FUSION JOINING PROCEDURES

The heat fusion joining procedures outlined in this specification have been qualified in conjunction with:

 TR-33, “Generic Butt Fusion Joining Procedure for Field Joining of Polyethylene Pipe”

 TR-41, “Generic Saddle Fusion Joining Procedure for Polyethylene Gas Piping,” and

 the NGA Plastic Pipe Joining Manual

 GT-14-048-1 Procedure for Qualifying Sidewall Plastic Pipe Joints

 GT-14-048-3A Procedure for Qualifying Manual Butt Fusion Plastic Pipe Joints

 GT-14-048-3B Procedure for Qualifying Hydraulic Butt Fusion Plastic Pipe Joints

6.0 GENERAL GUIDELINES

6.1 The preferred methods to join PE plastic pipe and tubing are heat fusion and electrofusion. (See Gas Specification IP-27)

When heat fusion or electrofusion is not practical or available, only approved restraining-type mechanical fittings shall be installed on PE plastic pipe and tubing per Gas Specification IP-20. All steel mechanical fittings shall be cathodically protected per Gas Specification G-8209, "Field Coating of Steel Pipe and Fittings Installed Underground and in Subsurface Structures."

6.2 All approved manual and hydraulic heat fusion joining equipment are for Dura-Line Polypipe GDB5, Performance Pipe 8300, JM Eagle UAC 3700, and ENDOT PE- 100/PE-4710 high density PE pipe/tubing (PE 3408/4710).

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, and NUMBER: PAGE 5 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF G-8123-20a 12/7/17 O&M Manual 14 PAGES

TITLE: HEAT FUSION JOINING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

6.0 GENERAL GUIDELINES (Continued)

See Operation of Fusion Equipment for approved heat fusion joining equipment.

See Gas Specification G-8104, "Polyethylene Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services” for approved PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings.

NOTES: M8000 pipe was all black and replaced in 1997 with Performance Pipe 8100.

Performance Pipe 6800 is black with two thick yellow stripes at three different points on the pipe’s surface.

Performance Pipe 8100 has a “yellow shell” around black pipe. This is the equivalent of Performance Pipe 8300 and JM Eagle (US Poly) UAC3700.

Performance Pipe 8300 is black with one thick yellow stripe at four different points on the pipe's surface and print line indicates PE 100. This is the equivalent of Performance Pipe 8100 and JM Eagle (US Poly) UAC 3700.

JM Eagle (US Poly) UAC3700 is black with one yellow stripe at three different points on the pipe’s surface and the print line states PE100. This is the equivalent of Performance Pipe 8100 and 8300.

ENDOT EN PE 4710 (Gas) is black with one thin yellow stripe at three different points on the pipe’s surface. This equivalent to Performance Pipe 8300 and JM Eagle (US Poly) UAC 3700.

Dura-Line Polypipe GDB50 is black with either one thin yellow stripe at three different points on the pipe’s surface (similar to JM Eagle and ENDOT) or one yellow stripe at six different points on the pipe’s surface.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, and NUMBER: PAGE 6 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF G-8123-20a 12/7/17 O&M Manual 14 PAGES

TITLE: HEAT FUSION JOINING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

6.0 GENERAL GUIDELINES (Continued)

6.3 Inspect PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings prior to installation to verify:

A) No cuts, gouges, deep scratches, or other defects.

B) PE plastic material is high density polyethylene (HDPE), PE3408/4710, and manufactured per ASTM D2513.

C) PE plastic material is NOT older than 10 years old.

(See Gas Specification G-8122, "Transportation, Handling, and Storage of Polyethylene Plastic Pipe/Tubing, and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services")

6.4 Quality fusion requires using all of the required tools and equipment, and following all of the steps in the procedure in the correct sequence. Faulty fusion is caused by improper or defective equipment, or not following the procedure (omitting steps or performing steps out of sequence).

6.5 PE plastic molded fittings (without pup lengths) can only be joined to PE plastic pipe, tubing and other molded fittings by butt fusion, electrofusion, or MetFit fittings. (See Gas Specification G-8104 for approved fittings with pup lengths of PE plastic pipe or tubing). (See G-100,285 for approved MetFit fittings). With the exception of MetFit fittings, mechanical fittings cannot be installed directly onto a PE plastic molded fitting without pup lengths of pipe or tubing.

Install and inspect MetFit mechanical fittings as per manufacturer’s procedures. Molded fittings shall not be altered in order to utilize MetFit fittings.

6.6 Heat fusion of PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings of different SDR wall thickness shall only be performed between one change in SDR.

SDR 7  9/ 9.3  11  13.5  15.5

Joining of PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings with SDR wall thickness greater than one change in SDR shall be electrofused. Approved restraining-type mechanical couplings may only be used for joining PE plastic pipe and tubing when an electrofusion coupling is unavailable. See Gas Specifications IP-20 and G-8209.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, and NUMBER: PAGE 7 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF G-8123-20a 12/7/17 O&M Manual 14 PAGES

TITLE: HEAT FUSION JOINING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

6.0 GENERAL GUIDELINES (Continued)

6.7 Table 1, Approved Joining Methods for PE Plastic Pipe/Tubing (Note: this table does not apply to valves and other fittings)

PE Plastic Distribution Heat Mechanical SDR Vintage Electrofusion Pipe Pressure * Fusion Joints YES, 0.5” CTS 7 All IP, MP, HP YES YES stiffener = 0.090” WT LP, IP, MP, YES, 1”-1.25” CTS All HP (1” ≤ 89 psi) YES YES stiffener = 0.090” WT HP (1.25” ≤ 71 psi) 1” – 8”, YES, 11 All LP, IP, MP, HP YES YES 12” IPS stiffener = black YES, 1”-4” IPS 9.3 Pre-1990 LP, IP, MP, HP YES YES stiffener = blue Up to 4”IPS LP, IP, MP, 9.3 1970’s NO YES NO Aldyl-A HP (≤ 80 psi) YES, reduce 2000’s 26 LP NO electrofusion cycle NO (Subcoil) time by 15% YES, reduce YES, 6” IPS 23.5 1970’s LP, IP, MP NO electrofusion cycle stiffener = orange time by 10% YES, reduce 6” IPS 26 1970’s LP, IP, MP NO electrofusion cycle NO time by 15% ONLY as sleeve for 6” IPS 26 LP, IP, MP, HP YES YES NO Trenchless Technology YES, reduce 6” IPS 32.5 1970’s LP, IP, MP NO electrofusion cycle NO time by 25% YES, reduce 22.5” IPS 23.5 2000’s HP NO electrofusion cycle NO Subline time by 10%

* LP = low pressure, IP = intermediate pressure, MP = medium pressure, HP = high pressure

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, and NUMBER: PAGE 8 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF G-8123-20a 12/7/17 O&M Manual 14 PAGES

TITLE: HEAT FUSION JOINING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

6.0 GENERAL GUIDELINES (Continued)

6.8 It is important that the pipe is clean and dry before installing in the fusion machine to avoid contaminating fusion machine parts that contact the pipe, such as the heating iron or the facer. If the heating iron or facer becomes contaminated, the contamination may be transferred back to the pipe, possibly compromising fusion joint quality.

A) Clean the pipe outside diameter (OD), inside diameter (ID), and ends with a clean, dry, lint-free non-synthetic (e.g. cotton) cloth or paper towel (e.g. NS0209687)

If the contamination cannot be removed in this way, wash the pipe with water and a clean, lint-free, non-synthetic cloth/paper towel to remove the contamination. Then rinse the pipe with water and dry thoroughly with a clean, lint-free, non-synthetic cloth/paper towel. Do NOT use soap water (leak detection solution) to clean the pipe.

B) Prior to installing the pipe in the fusion machine, the pipe shall be cleaned with 96% alcohol wipes (Class/Stock # 689-3135 and 025-3724) or 99.9% liquid isopropyl alcohol (Class/Stock # 630-1246) with a clean, lint- free, non-synthetic cloth/paper towel. Never use alcohol wipes after facing (for butt fusion) or after abrading with emery cloth (for branch saddle fusion).

Wear nitrile gloves when using alcohol wipes. Wear nitrile gloves and goggles when using the liquid isopropyl alcohol with a clean, lint-free, non-synthetic cloth/paper towel. When using liquid isopropyl alcohol, place plastic sheeting and absorbent pads underneath the fitting. The used wipes/cloth/absorbent pads shall be disposed as non-hazardous industrial waste. Liquid isopropyl alcohol shall be disposed as flammable hazardous waste. Contact EH&S Operations for guidance when disposing liquid isopropyl alcohol.

C) If the pipe becomes contaminated after being placed in the fusion machine, remove the pipe and clean per sections 6.8 A and B. Do NOT use the facer to remove contamination.

6.9 All scrap PE plastic pipe, tubing, and/or fittings that cannot be reused, shall be brought back to the workout location for proper disposal/ recycling.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, and NUMBER: PAGE 9 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF G-8123-20a 12/7/17 O&M Manual 14 PAGES

TITLE: HEAT FUSION JOINING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

7.0 BUTT FUSION JOINING GUIDELINES

7.1 The Butt Fusion Joining Procedure in the NGA Plastic Pipe Joining Manual and the manufacturers’ operating manual for the approved butt fusion joining equipment shall be followed.

7.2 See the Operation of Fusion Equipment for approved manual and hydraulic butt fusion joining equipment. See Appendix A of the Operation of Fusion Equipment for manufacturers’ hydraulic fusion machine proper fusion pressures (hydraulic chart pressure + drag pressure).

7.3 PE plastic pipe shall not be joined by a field fabricated miter (angled) joint. Only use approved fabricated or molded fittings per Gas Specification G-8104.

7.4 Whenever practical, no more than one length (40 feet) of PE plastic pipe (properly supported with rollers at 12' intervals) should be placed in the movable jaw of the fusion unit. If the first length (40’) of PE plastic pipe is not properly supported OR if it becomes necessary to place more than one length of pipe in the movable jaw of the fusion unit, the hydraulic chart pressure must be increased by the drag pressure (force required to move the pipe once clamped in the machine) to compensate for the additional weight of the pipe material. A drag pressure of 30 psig was used to calculate the gauge pressures in the hydraulic chart pressures found in the Appendices of the Operation of Fusion Equipment..

When fusing more than one length of PE plastic pipe in the moveable side of the carriage, the drag pressure above 30 psig must be added to the hydraulic chart pressure. Use equations in the box below

The measured drag pressure is determined by clamping the pipe into the movable jaw, placing the travel control lever in the closed position, and slowly increasing the hydraulic pressure until the pipe just begins to move. This pressure on the hydraulic gauge is the measured drag pressure.

Drag Pressure = Measured drag pressure – 30 psig

Proper Fusion Pressure = Hydraulic Chart Pressure + Drag Pressure

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, and NUMBER: PAGE 10 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF G-8123-20a 12/7/17 O&M Manual 14 PAGES

TITLE: HEAT FUSION JOINING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

7.0 BUTT FUSION JOINING GUIDELINES (Continued)

NOTE:

To minimize drag pressure when placing more than one 40' length of PE plastic pipe in the movable jaw, properly support the pipe at 12’ intervals. If this is impractical (due to numerous lengths of plastic pipe extending from the movable jaw), then at approximately 60’ back from the movable jaw, "droop" the plastic pipe between the rollers.

The amount of "droop" is determined by the distance the movable jaw has to travel to bring the pipe ends together for fusion. Therefore, the movable jaw will only have to drag (or pull) the 60 feet plus the "droop" of the pipe between the rollers, thereby minimizing drag pressure.

7.5 When making the final tie-in to existing PE plastic pipe in the ground, use electrofusion coupling(s) to make the final tie-in, rather than trying to butt fuse in the excavation to make the final connection.

8.0 BRANCH SADDLE FUSION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES

8.1 Branch saddle fusion shall only be performed by the Development Lab.

8.2 The Saddle Fusion Joining Procedure in the NGA Plastic Pipe Joining Manual and the manufacturers’ operating manual for the approved branch saddle fusion joining equipment shall be followed.

8.3 See the Operation of Fusion Equipment for approved branch saddle fusion joining equipment. See Appendix B of the Operation of Fusion Equipment for manufacturers’ proper branch saddle fusion melt and fusion pressures.

9.0 HEAT FUSION EQUIPMENT

9.1 All fusion equipment (i.e., butt and branch saddle fusion machines, heater irons/plates, electric facers, contact pyrometers, electrofusion processors) shall be inspected by the Gas Development Lab prior to initial use and prior to the inspection due date (once every 6 months). Otherwise, the fusion equipment shall not be used.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, and NUMBER: PAGE 11 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF G-8123-20a 12/7/17 O&M Manual 14 PAGES

TITLE: HEAT FUSION JOINING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

9.0 HEAT FUSION EQUIPMENT (Continued)

EXCEPTION: Contact pyrometers are to be inspected once every 6 months, not to exceed a year.

9.2 Prior to performing heat fusion, the fusion equipment (i.e, fusion machines, heating tools, electric facers) shall be checked for damage and to verify they are in good working order. If any part of the fusion equipment is found to be damaged or defective, the equipment shall be not be used.

9.3 Heating tool surfaces (i.e. heater iron/adapter plate) must be undamaged, clean, and at the correct surface temperature.

A) Prior to heating (when the heating tool is cold), the surfaces of the heater iron/adapter plates shall be cleaned to remove any plastic build-up or contaminants (e.g., dirt, grease).

1. To remove PE plastic pipe residue build-up on the heater iron/adapter plate surface, clean with a non-abrasive scotch pad (Class/Stock # 023- 2181) and then wipe with a clean, dry, lint-free non-synthetic (e.g. cotton) cloth or paper towel (e.g. NS0209687).

2. To remove other contaminants on the iron/adapter, wipe the heater iron/adapter plate surface with a clean, dry, lint-free non-synthetic (e.g. cotton) cloth or paper towel (e.g. NS0209687).

B) When the thermometer on the heating tool reaches approximately 425° F, use a Company approved contact pyrometer (e.g. Cooper Atkins AquaTuff) to verify the heating iron surface temperature is within 400° - 450°F. See HOT GAS6027, “Use of Contact Pyrometers for Heat Fusion.”

1. To adjust the heater iron/adapter plate temperature, follow the manufacturers’ guidelines for adjusting heater temperature. Allow the heater iron/adapter plate to stabilize at the new temperature and recheck.

9.4 Heating irons and electric facers are not intrinsically safe and should not be used in a hazardous environment.

9.5 In order to prevent damage to the fusion equipment, it is important that the electrical power service and extension wires are properly sized for each unit.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, and NUMBER: PAGE 12 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF G-8123-20a 12/7/17 O&M Manual 14 PAGES

TITLE: HEAT FUSION JOINING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

10.0 HEAT FUSION DURING COLD AND/OR INCLEMENT WEATHER

10.1 Heat fusion during cold and/or inclement weather is permitted provided the following are observed:

A) Temperatures below 40°F

1. The specified heating tool surface temperature shall be maintained. Do NOT increase heating tool surface temperature.

2. Store heating iron in thermally insulated protective box or bag.

3. Pipe and fittings should be about the same temperature when they are fused together.

B) During inclement weather (rain or snow)

1. Store heater iron in protective box.

2. The pipe must clean and dry before, during, and after heat (butt or branch saddle) fusion or electrofusion.

3. Approved fire resistant tents (Class/Stock # 689-3929, 10’ x 8’ or Class/Stock # 659-3945, 6’ x 6’) shall only be used to protect the PE plastic pipe at the point of joining during inclement weather and shall not be used when there is escaping gas. Gas must be allowed to rise and vent unobstructed.

 11.0 RECORDS

Any records generated in the course of performing work in accordance with this specification shall be maintained as required by Corporate Instruction CI-870- 1 “Records Management”. Guidance on the retention of Company Gas Operations records can also be found on the Records Management intranet site.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, and NUMBER: PAGE 13 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF G-8123-20a 12/7/17 O&M Manual 14 PAGES

TITLE: HEAT FUSION JOINING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND FITTINGS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

12.0 REFERENCES

ASTM Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings F2620-13

DOJT Documentation and Inspection of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Joints on Gas GAS6006 Mains and Services

HOT Use of Contact Pyrometers for Heat Fusion GAS6027

G-8104 Polyethylene Pipe, Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8121 Qualification of Installers Joining Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8122 Inspection, Handling, Storage, and Transportation of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8209 Field Coating of Steel Pipe and Fittings Installed Underground and in Subsurface Structures

IP-20 Installation of Mechanical Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing

IP-27 Installation of Electrofusion Fittings on Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Molded Fittings Using a Universal Electrofusion Processor

Northeast Gas Association (NGA) Plastic Pipe Joining Manual

Con Edison Operation of Fusion Equipment

TR-33 Generic Butt Fusion Joining Procedure for Field Joining of Polyethylene Pipe (Plastic Pipe Institute, 2012)

TR-41 Generic Saddle Fusion Joining Procedure for Polyethylene Gas Piping (Plastic Pipe Institute, 2002)

GT-14-048-1 Procedure for Qualifying Sidewall Plastic Pipe Joints

GT-14-048-3A Procedure for Qualifying Manual Butt Fusion Plastic Pipe Joints

GT-14-048-3B Procedure for Qualifying Hydraulic Butt Fusion Plastic Pipe Joints

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 7.0), 10, and NUMBER: PAGE 14 APPROVED: Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF G-8123-20a 12/7/17 O&M Manual 14 PAGES

LAST REVIEW DATE: REVIEW CYCLE: 3/31/16 5 Years

SPECIFICATION: G-8129-9

TITLE: PURGING GAS MAINS, SERVICES AND REGULATOR STATIONS

VOLUME: 2 (Section 8.0), 10

REGISTRATION NO: GAS0150

TARGET TRAINING Gas Construction, Emergency Response GROUPS: Force (ERF), Gas Transmission Engineering, Pressure Control, Per Diem, Gas Contractors, and Construction

REVISIONS: This specification has been revised to incorporate comments made by GTI’s technical experts and Con Edison’s subject matter experts.

G-8129-9 Gas Operations Standards

TITLE: PURGING GAS MAINS, SERVICES AND

REGULATOR STATIONS

EFFECTIVE DATE: May 2, 2016

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

1.0 SCOPE 2

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 2

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION 2

4.0 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH, AND SAFETY (EHS) 2 REQUIREMENTS

5.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 3

6.0 PURGE EQUIPMENT AND PURGE PIPE 4 REQUIREMENTS

7.0 APPROVED INERT MATERIALS 5

8.0 PURGING A GAS MAIN OR SERVICE OUT OF 6 SERVICE

9.0 PURGING A GAS MAIN OR SERVICE INTO 7 SERVICE

10.0 PURGING GAS REGULATOR STATIONS 7

11.0 REFERENCES 8

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW BY: James Fox SAFETY REVIEW BY: James Fox VOLUME: PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: DATE: PAGE 1 2 (Section 8.0) and 10 Tomas Hernandez Construction Standards, OF 8 V.S. Weidemann Chief Gas Engineer 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES Gas Distribution Engineering

TITLE: PURGING GAS MAINS, SERVICES AND

REGULATOR STATIONS

1.0 SCOPE

This specification covers the requirements for purging operations for gas mains, services and regulator stations.

See Gas Specification IP-9, “Requirements for Written Procedures and Contingency Plans" for inert purge barrier requirements for welded tie-ins or torch cutting metallic mains.

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

Federal: 49 CFR Part 192, Section 629.

State: 16 NYCRR Part 255, Section 629.

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION

Installers who tap an energized pipeline, weld steel, and join Polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe by butt fusion, branch saddle fusion, electrofusion, or with mechanical fittings must be Operator Qualified.

All other “covered tasks,” including purging operations, shall be completed by either Operator Qualified individuals or individuals under the direct observation of one who is Operator Qualified. “Direct observation” means that the Operator Qualified individual remains in direct visual and verbal contact at all times with the individual performing the task.

NOTE: Company Chemists may take natural gas readings using a calibrated combustible gas indicator under the direct observation of an Operator Qualified individual.

4.0 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH, AND SAFETY (EHS) REQUIREMENTS

4.1 Refer to Gas Specification IP-42, “Requirements for Airline Respirator (ALR), Flame Retardant Coveralls (FRC), Harness and Line (H&L) and Harness and Gantry” for all personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements when purging gas mains, services and regulator stations.

4.2 Prior to purging, ensure that the piping to be purged is dry as per GEHSI E06.11 "Liquids and Solids from Natural Gas Mains during Main Cut-Outs."

4.3 When nitrogen is used to purge a pipe into or out of service, atmospheric testing for oxygen deficiency shall be performed in excavations prior to and during occupation by any personnel.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 8.0) and 10 PAGE 2 Construction Standards and OF 8 G-8129-9 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: PURGING GAS MAINS, SERVICES AND

REGULATOR STATIONS

5.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

5.1 Purging is the act of removing the content of a gas pipe or equipment and replacing with another gas.

A) When a gas main, service, or regulator station is taken out of service or abandoned, it must be purged out of service. (See Section 8.0)

B) When a gas main, service, or regulator station is replaced, reactivated, or installed, it must be purged into service. (See Section 9.0)

5.2 Purging by completely filling the gas main or service requires, at a minimum, the amount of air/inerts equal to 1.25 times the internal volume of the pipe segment being purged. Purging is complete when the requirements of Sections 8.3, 9.2, and 10.0 are achieved.

A) 4" and smaller diameter mains and services may be purged out of service and into service using only air.

B) 6" and larger diameter mains and services shall be purged out of service and into service with inerts. (See Section 7.0)

NOTE: Purging an additional 25%-50% volume of inerts as a safety margin ensures that the pipe is void of flammable mixture

5.3 Purging shall be designed so that the flow path of the purge gas (inert or air) is direct from the point of injection to the vent location.

5.4 When purging PE plastic mains or services:

A) Assure that the pressure in the PE plastic main or service does not exceed 200 psig.

B) Bulk N2 in liquid form shall not be used.

5.5 Whenever practical, consideration should be given to not releasing natural gas to the atmosphere (e.g. use of no-blow tools, natural gas recovery trailer).

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 8.0) and 10 PAGE 3 Construction Standards and OF 8 G-8129-9 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: PURGING GAS MAINS, SERVICES AND

REGULATOR STATIONS

6.0 PURGE EQUIPMENT AND PURGE PIPE REQUIREMENTS

6.1 Prior to thermit welding, the excavation and banks of the excavation shall be checked for gas readings.

6.2 Purging equipment and purge pipes shall be electrically bonded or grounded to the main/service, as required.

6.3 Purging Equipment

A) For metallic pipe, the purging equipment shall be electrically bonded to the pipe (being purged) in order to dissipate static charges. Metal tubing or metallically reinforced rubber hose is sufficient. If unreinforced rubber hose is used, an electrical bond shall be made between the cylinder(s) and the main using a bonding wire not thinner than #14 AWG (e.g. #19 AWG is thinner than #14 AWG and shall not be used). The bonding wire shall be attached by thermit weld, clamp or magnetic connectors. The preferred connection of the bonding wire to the purging equipment (cylinders) is a magnetic connection.

B) For plastic pipe, the purging equipment shall be electrically bonded to the ground in order to dissipate static charges. The plastic pipe to be purged shall also be electrically bonded to the ground by using the ASG ground (Class/Stock # 025-2569) or by placing soapy wet (and keep rags wet) rags around the pipe at the inlet and outlet, making sure that the soapy wet rags touch the soil.

6.4 Purge Pipes

A) Metallic purge pipes not threaded directly into the metallic main must be electrically bonded to the main prior to purging, using a bonding wire not thinner than #14 AWG (e.g. #19 AWG is thinner than #14 AWG and shall not be used). The bonding wire shall be attached by thermit weld, clamp or magnetic connectors. Metallic purge pipes attached to plastic tapping tees for plastic mains must be grounded.

B) For plastic purge pipes, the entire surface area of the plastic purge pipe shall be wet with soapy water and the plastic purge pipe inlet and outlet shall be grounded by using the ASG ground (C/S# 025-2569) or by wrapping the inlet and outlet with soapy wet (and keep rags wet) rags, making sure that the soapy wet rags touch the soil.

NOTE: The outlet of a plastic purge pipe must be metallic.

C) All purge pipes must extend a minimum of 6’ above street grade.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 8.0) and 10 PAGE 4 Construction Standards and OF 8 G-8129-9 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: PURGING GAS MAINS, SERVICES AND

REGULATOR STATIONS

7.0 APPROVED INERT MATERIALS

7.1 The inert gas approved for use is commercial grade nitrogen gas (N2).

NOTE: Liquid nitrogen changes to gaseous nitrogen at minus 320 degrees Fahrenheit and is unacceptable unless approved in advance, in writing by Gas Transmission Engineering – Major Projects. This written approval is predicated on the contractor supplying all information on the heat exchanger to be used and also the minimum temperature of the nitrogen gas at the outlet of the heat exchanger.

7.2 Bulk deliveries of nitrogen for purging metallic mains shall be checked by the company Chemist prior to use.

7.3 Cylinders of nitrogen shall be properly marked as to their contents.

A) Full N2 Cylinder = 225 cubic feet @ 2200 psig

7.4 To calculate the minimum amount of inerts needed when purging by completely filling the gas main or service (see Section 5.2):

Volume of inerts (ft³) = (0.0082 x d² x L) + safety margin (25-50%) d = diameter of pipe, in inches L = length of pipe, in feet

Table 1: Inert Amounts

Pipe Size and Minimum Amount of Inerts Needed When Purging by Completely Filling Line

Nominal Pipe Size Volume (ft³) of Inerts Per 100 ft 6” 30 cubic feet 8” 55 cubic feet 10” 80 cubic feet 12” 120 cubic feet 16” 210 cubic feet 18”” 260 cubic feet 20” 330 cubic feet 24” 470 cubic feet 30” 740 cubic feet 36” 1060 cubic feet

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 8.0) and 10 PAGE 5 Construction Standards and OF 8 G-8129-9 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: PURGING GAS MAINS, SERVICES AND

REGULATOR STATIONS

7.0 APPROVED INERT MATERIALS (Continued)

7.4 Table 1: Inert Amounts (Continued)

For example: A 160 foot long section of 12" main/service needs to be inerted.

Minimum Volume of Inerts (ft³) = (0.0082 x d² x L) + safety margin = (0.0082 x (12)² x 160) + safety margin = (0.0082 x 144 x 160) + safety margin = (188 ft³ of inerts) + safety margin = 188 ft³ + safety margin = 188 ft³ + (0.25 x 188 ft³) Minimum Volume of Inerts = 188 ft³ + 47 ft³ = 235 ft³

8.0 PURGING A GAS MAIN OR SERVICE OUT OF SERVICE

8.1 Purging a gas main or service out of service is replacing the natural gas with

• air (pipe less than or equal to 4” diameter) or

• inerts (pipe greater than 4” diameter). (See Section 7.0)

8.2 All services shall be purged to outside the building.

8.3 Purging is complete when a reading of less than 3% natural gas is obtained using a calibrated combustible gas indicator (e.g. GMI FR2).at the purge vent.

8.4 All gas pipe(s) to be taken out of service (abandoned) shall be physically disconnected from all sources of gas and the open ends sealed.

8.5 If the gas pipe (main or service) is purged with inerts, the pipe shall then be purged with air when either the gas pipe is to be used as a sleeve or abandoned in place. This is done to ensure that personnel are not exposed to nitrogen when working on a sleeve or abandoned pipe.

8.6 Each abandoned vault must be filled with a suitable compacted material.

8.7 For each abandoned pipeline facility that crosses over, under or through a commercially navigable waterway, the last operator of that facility shall file a report upon abandonment of that facility in accordance with 49 CFR 192.727(g).

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 8.0) and 10 PAGE 6 Construction Standards and OF 8 G-8129-9 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: PURGING GAS MAINS, SERVICES AND

REGULATOR STATIONS

9.0 PURGING A GAS MAIN OR SERVICE INTO SERVICE

9.1 Purging a gas main or service into service (gassing in) is the task of replacing air with:

• natural gas (pipe less than or equal to 4” diameter) or

• inerts (pipe greater than 4” diameter) (see Section 7.0) and then replacing the inerts with natural gas.

9.2 Purging into service (gassing in) is complete when a reading of 100% natural gas is obtained using a calibrated combustible gas indicator (e.g. GMI FR2) at the purge vent.

9.3 Inerts left in the main or service shall be maintained at approximately 3 psig upon completion of inerting or pressure drop test until tie-in operations are ready to commence.

10.0 PURGING GAS REGULATOR STATIONS

10.1 Purging a gas regulator station out of service is replacing the natural gas with

• air (pipe less than or equal to 4” diameter) or

• inerts (pipe greater than 4” diameter). (See Section 7.0)

A) Street inlet and outlet valves must be closed and purge equipment and purge pipes installed.

B) Check inlet and outlet valves for leakage prior to starting the purge. If valves leak, station piping may require physical disconnection from the gas distribution system.

C) The use of a non-combustible Coppus blower to exhaust any residual gas to atmosphere is acceptable when a bubble tight (100%) shut down of a regulator station is required and cannot be attained through a station inlet or outlet valve.

10.2 Purging a regulator station out of service is complete when a reading of less than 3% natural gas is obtained using a calibrated combustible gas indicator.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 8.0) and 10 PAGE 7 Construction Standards and OF 8 G-8129-9 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: PURGING GAS MAINS, SERVICES AND

REGULATOR STATIONS

10.0 PURGING GAS REGULATOR STATIONS (Continued)

10.3 Torch cutting or welding methods shall only be utilized when the regulator station has been purged down to 0% (verified using a calibrated combustible gas indicator) and an inert barrier is installed per the requirements in Gas Specification IP-9.

10.4 Purging a regulator into service is complete when a reading of 100% natural gas is attained using a calibrated combustible gas indicator at the purge vent.

11.0 REFERENCES

G-8005 General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Mains

G-8100 General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Services

IP-7 Cut-Outs and Tie-Ins of Existing Gas Mains

IP-9 Requirements for Written Procedures and Contingency Plans

IP-42 Requirements for Airline Respirator (ALR), Flame Retardant Coveralls (FRC), Harness and Line (H&L) and Harness and Gantry

GEHSI E06.11 Liquids and Solids from Natural Gas Mains During Main Cut-Outs

American Gas Association's "Purging Principles and Practice" Third Edition, June, 2001

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 8.0) and 10 PAGE 8 Construction Standards and OF 8 G-8129-9 3/31/16 O&M Manual PAGES

LAST REVIEW DATE: REVIEW CYCLE: 3/30/16 5 Years

SPECIFICATION: G-8141-5

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF VALVES ON GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

VOLUME: 2 (Section 14.0), 4

REVISIONS: (See ) 

1) This specification has been revised to incorporate comments made by GTI’s technical experts and Con Edison’s subject matter experts.

2) Table of Contents - Added Sections 3.0 and 7.0. Deleted “Attachment” (added to new section 7.0). Renumbered subsequent sections.

3) Section 1.0 - Added pressure systems and associated MAOPs.

4) Section 2.0 - Added additional organizations.

5) Section 3.0 - Added “Material Requirement” section. Renumbered subsequent sections.

6) Section 4.1 - Clarified mains as “gas distribution” mains.

7) Section 4.1 (E) - Added section covering installation of valves on mains installed on bridges, and those installed as submarine and railroad crossings.

8) Section 4.3 - Added reference to the requirements of this specification.

9) Section 4.4 - Added section covering maintenance of records.

10) Section 5.3 - Added reference to Specification G-11811.

11) Section 6.0 - Revised title of Specification G-11811. Added reference to G-11816 and G-100,298.

12) Section 7.0 - Added “Attachment” section.

G-8141-5

Gas Operations Standards TITLE: INSTALLATION OF VALVES ON

GAS DISTRIBUTION MAINS

 TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

1.0 SCOPE 2

2.0 ORGANIZATIONS APPLICABLE 2

 3.0 MATERIAL REQUIRMENTS 2

4.0 INSTALLATION OF VALVES 2

5.0 DEAD END VALVES 3

6.0 REFERENCES 3

 7.0 ATTACHMENT 3

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW BY: J. Fox SAFETY REVIEW BY: J. Fox PREPARED APPROVED BY: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) and 4 PAGE 1 BY: OF Tomas Hernandez Chief Engineer Construction Standards; 3 C. Yepez Gas Distribution Engineering 3/30/16 Application and Design PAGES TITLE: INSTALLATION OF VALVES ON GAS

DISTRIBUTION MAINS

 1.0 SCOPE

This specification provides guidance for the installation of main valves on new or replaced gas mains in the Low Pressure (max pressure 12” w.c), Intermediate Pressure (5 psig MAOP), Medium Pressure (15 psig MAOP), and High Pressure (up to 99 psig MAOP) gas distribution system.

 2.0 ORGANIZATIONS APPLICABLE

Gas Engineering, Gas Construction, Gas Contractors, Construction and Per Diem.

 3.0 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS

All valves installed in the company distribution and transmission system shall meet the requirements of G-100,298, “Valves for Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems”.

4.0 INSTALLATION OF VALVES

 4.1 Valves shall be installed on new or replaced gas distribution mains in accordance with the following guidelines:

A) Valves shall be installed at every street intersection or one per block, so that each block may be isolated.

B) Each intersection of main shall have three valves installed; two valves on the smaller mains and one valve on the larger main.

C) Each consecutive pair of main intersections shall have the valves installed so that the isolation of the block between the intersections will require closing no more than four valves.

D) The cluster of three valves at each main intersection shall be installed as close as possible to the tie-in point.

 E) Valves shall be installed on both sides of any new main installed on bridges, submarine and railroad crossings.

F) For radial systems and/or supply mains, valves shall be installed as specified by Gas Engineering.

G) The open/close position of valves shall be verified after installation, as needed.

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 14.0) and 4 PAGE 2

Construction Standards, OF 3 G-8141-5 3/30/16 Application and Design PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF VALVES ON GAS

DISTRIBUTION MAINS

INSTALLATION OF VALVES 4.0 (Continued)

4.2 A typical installation of valves is shown on Drawing EO-4293-D which is attached to this specification.

 4.3 Valves installed per requirements of this specification shall be numbered and tagged as per G-11811 “Tagging Gas Valves.”

 4.4 Gas Valve records shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of G-11816, “Gas Valve Records”.

 5.0 DEAD END VALVES

5.1 Dead end valves may be installed during main replacements as needed to isolate gas mains or to facilitate future installations.

5.2 A valve box shall be installed for each dead end valve.

5.3 All dead end valves shall be mapped, numbered, and tagged in accordance with G-11811, “Tagging Gas Valves”.

 6.0 REFERENCES

G-11811 “Tagging Gas Valves”

G-11816 “Gas Valve Records”

G-100,298 “Valves for Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems”

 7.0 ATTACHMENT

EO-4293-D “Typical installation of valves on Distribution Mains”

NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 14.0) and 4 PAGE 3

Construction Standards, OF 3 G-8141-5 3/30/16 Application and Design PAGES

LAST REVIEW DATE: 12/9/16 REVIEW CYCLE: 5 Years  EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17

SPECIFICATION: G-8204-8c

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

 VOLUME: 2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow Book

 COURSE ID: GAS0219

 CORE GROUP(S): Gas Construction and Emergency Response Force Lead Mechanic

 TARGET AUDIENCE: Gas Construction, Emergency Response, Force (ERF), Gas Transmission Engineering, Gas Distribution Engineering, Per Diem, Gas Contractors, Construction and Emergency Response Force Lead Mechanic

REV 8c (4/2518): − Section 12.1(c), 12.2 (c), and 12.3(b): Revised both statements to reference CI-870-1.

REV 8b (4/9/18): − Cover Page: Added Emergency Response Force Lead Mechanic to Core Group(s) and Target Audience − Section 12.4: Added Records Retention reference.

REV 8a (12/18/17): − Cover Page: Added to Yellow Book; Changed Registration No. to Course ID; Added Core Group(s) designation; Changed Target Training Groups to Target Audience. − Section 2.0: Added Case 14-G-0201 and 14-G-0212 to Legal Requirements. − Section 6.8: Added new section to General Procedures for clarity. − Sections 9.1, 9.2, 9.3 and 9.4: Clarified documentation requirements. − Appendix C: Updated the As-Constructed Emergency Sketch sample form.

REVISIONS (See ):

1) Table of Contents - Section 7.0 (previous Section 8.0) renamed.

2) Section 6.5 - New section; renumbered subsequent sections. Removed previous section 6.5 (duplicate of Section 5.3).

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

(Continued)

3) Section 7.0 - Revised title of section.

4) Section 8.0 - Added new section, contents previously located in 7.7 - 7.9.

5) Sections 8.1 - A(1), B(2), C(2), D(2), and D(3) reworded for clarity. Added class and stock # of 2 psig test gauge to C(2) and D(1). Added alternate requirements for PE insertions greater than 1000 feet and less than or equal to 1500 feet.

6) Section 8.2(B) - Reworded for clarity.

7) Sections 8.3 - Revised section.

8) Section 8.4 - New section.

9) Section 8.5 - Revised section to include test pressures for Cured-in-Place liners.

10) Section 10.3 (NOTE) - Reworded for clarity.

11) Section 12.0 - Revised record keeping requirements for pressure testing distribution services, distribution mains, and transmission mains/services.

12) Section 13.0 - Added CI-870-1 and PSC Case 03-G-1507.

13) Section 14.0 - Added Appendix C.

14) Appendix A - Revised to add alternate requirements for PE insertions greater than 1000’ and less than or equal to 1500 ‘.

15) Appendix C - Added as new attachment.

G-8204-8c Gas Operations Standards

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

1.0 SCOPE 2

 2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 2

3.0 DEFINITIONS 2

4.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION 2

5.0 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH, & SAFETY (EHS) REQUIREMENTS 3

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 3

 7.0 APPROVED END CLOSURES FOR PRESSURE TESTING DISTRIBUTION MAINS/SERVICES 5

 8.0 PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTION MAINS/SERVICES 7

9.0 WITNESS REQUIREMENTS FOR PRESSURE TESTING DISTRIBUTION MAINS/ SERVICES 12

10.0 PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSMISSION MAINS/SERVICES 13

11.0 WITNESS REQUIREMENTS FOR PRESSURE TESTING TRANSMISSION MAINS/SERVICES 15

12.0 RECORDS AND RETENTION 15

 13.0 REFERENCES 18

 14.0 ATTACHMENTS 19

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 EH&S REVIEW BY: J. Fox APPROVED DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 8.0), 10, AUTHOR: PAGE 1 BY: APPROVED: & Yellow Book Tomas Hernandez Construction Standards, OF 19 V.S. Weidemann Chief Gas Engineer 12/9/16 O&M Manual PAGES Gas Distribution Engineering

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

1.0 SCOPE

This specification details the requirements for pressure testing new/replacement gas mains and new/replacement and temporarily disconnected gas services, including cured-in-place liners.

 2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

Federal: 49 CFR Part 192, Sections 501-517, 725.

State: 16 NYCRR Part 255, Sections 503-517, 725,

Case 14-G-0201 and 14-G-0212

PSC Order dated 6/29/83 and PSC Correspondence dated 10/20/93 and 3/2/95 (Requirement that 10% of all pressure tests be randomly witnessed by a Company Supervisor)

3.0 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Distribution Pressure Main/Service – a gas main or service operating at less than (<) 125 psig

A) Low Pressure (LP) - Pressure up to and including (≤) 12" water column (WC) B) Intermediate Pressure (IP)/Ossining System - Pressure greater than (>) 1 psig and up to and including (≤) 5 psig. C) Medium Pressure (MP) - Pressure greater than (>) 2 psig and up to and including (≤) 15 psig. D) High Pressure (HP) - Pressure greater than (>) 15 psig and up to but less than (<) 125 psig.

3.2 Transmission Pressure Main/Service – a gas main or service operating at or more than (≥) 125 psig.

4.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION

4.1 Installers who tap an energized pipeline, weld steel, and join PE plastic pipe by butt fusion, branch saddle fusion, electrofusion, or with mechanical fittings must be Operator Qualified.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 2 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

4.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION (Continued)

All individuals preparing for or performing a main/service pressure test shall be Operator Qualified (or under the direction and observation of one who is qualified) to perform the "covered task" of pressure testing.

5.0 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH, & SAFETY (EHS) REQUIREMENTS

5.1 See Gas Specifications G-8005, “General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Mains” and G-8100, “General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Services” for all distribution main and service EH&S requirements.

5.2 All pressure testing shall be performed with due diligence for the safety of Company employees, gas contractors, the general public, and public property.

5.3 All Company personnel, Per Diem, and Gas Contractors shall remain outside the excavation while the pressure test is initiated, except for personnel who are directly responsible for initiating the pressure test. Once the test pressure is reached, all personnel directly responsible for initiating the pressure test shall exit and remain outside the excavation.

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

6.1 The minimum test pressure (after stabilization) for distribution pressure mains and services (see Section 3.1) shall be as follows:

A) 90 psig for LP, IP, and MP

B) 150 psig for HP

6.2 The source of the pressure shall be isolated and the proper pressure stabilized before the required duration of the pressure test can commence.

6.3 When testing with air or nitrogen, after the test pressure is reached and stabilized for at least 15 minutes, all exposed fittings and joints shall be checked for leakage with a leak detecting solution.

For hydrostatic testing, all exposed facilities under test shall be visually inspected for leakage.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 3 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

6.4 Prior to pressure testing PE plastic pipe/tubing and fittings joined by heat fusion (e.g. butt fusion or saddle fusion) or electrofusion, the joints must be allowed sufficient time to properly cool. (See Gas Specification G-8123, “Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services”)

 6.5 During the pressure test of PE plastic pipe/tubing and fittings, the temperature of the PE material may not be more than 100°F.

6.6 If any pressure test does not indicate a sound, gas-tight piping system, corrective measures shall be taken to eliminate potential testing errors, and then another pressure test shall be conducted.

NOTE: If a main or service pressure test fails at any production PE plastic joint made by butt fusion, branch saddle fusion, electrofusion, or with mechanical fittings, the joiner is immediately disqualified from that method of joining PE plastic pipe. (See Gas Specification G-8121, “Qualification of Installers Joining Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services”)

6.7 Gas mains or services where the flow of gas is interrupted (but not physically disconnected) due to water main breaks, contractor damage to a main (not service), human error or some other unplanned work do not require a pressure test prior to reinstating the flow of gas.

At a minimum, a leak survey (using a DPIR or similar sensitive equipment) of the affected gas mains and services shall be performed and documented after reinstating the flow of gas. The respective Gas Operations organization should review the cause and extent of the outage as well as the number and age of gas services affected to determine if additional leak surveys are to be performed.

 6.8 The test medium must be relatively free of sedimentary materials.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 4 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

 7.0 APPROVED END CLOSURES FOR PRESSURE TESTING DISTRIBUTION MAINS/SERVICES

7.1 Approved End Closures for Pressure Testing Steel Distribution Mains/Services

A) Welded line (end) cap: all sizes.

B) Blind flange: all sizes.

C) Threaded line (end) cap: only sizes up to and including 4”.

D) Restraining type compression line (end) cap: ¾” through 12”, except for 10”.

E) Non-restraining type compression line (end) cap: all sizes.

7.2 Approved End Closures for Pressure Testing Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Distribution Mains/Services

A) Fused PE plastic end cap: all IPS sizes.

B) Service head or stab end adapter with stiffener and with an end closure (threaded end cap or valve): sizes up to and including 2” IPS.

C) Met-Fit, LycoFit, or Perfection caps: sizes up to and including 1 ¼” CTS.

D) McElroy Test Caps: sizes up to and including 2” IPS.

E) Restraining type compression end cap: IPS sizes up to and including 12”, except for 10”.

7.3 Approved End Closures for Pressure Testing Copper Distribution Services

A) Restraining type compression end cap (IPS size) with gasket adapter for CTS: sizes 1” and 1 ¼”.

B) Service head or stab end adapter (for copper only) with an end closure (threaded end cap or valve): sizes up to 1 ¼” CTS.

C) Restraining type compression coupling (for copper to IPS), with a PE plastic pipe and compression line (end) cap. The coupling is not restraining on the copper size.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 5 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

 7.0 APPROVED END CLOSURES FOR PRESSURE TESTING DISTRIBUTION MAINS/SERVICES (Continued)

7.4 Compression Line (End) Caps

A) All restraining type compression line (end) caps shall be braced to prevent movement or pullout during the pressure test. See Gas Specification G-8153, “Reinforcing Compression Fittings.”

NOTE: The reuse of a restraining type compression line (end) cap is permissible, provided that the cap is inspected for wear, tear, and damage before each reuse. The cap shall be replaced if there are any worn/damaged parts (e.g. gasket, grip ring, back up ring, bolts, etc.).

B) For 90 psig pressure test, non-restraining type compression line (end) caps shall be secured as follows:

1) Line cap sizes ¾” to 2” shall be braced.

2) Line cap sizes 3” to 30” and greater shall be reinforced per Gas Drawing EO-16031-B, “Reinforcement of Non-Restraining Type Compression Line Caps on 3” to 30” Dia. Steel Gas Mains and Services.”

C) For 150 psig pressure test, non-restraining type compression line (end) caps shall be secured as follows:

1) Line cap sizes ¾” to 1 ¼” shall be braced.

2) Line cap sizes 1 ½” and greater shall be reinforced per Gas Drawing EO-16031-B.

D) See Gas Specifications G-8153 and G-100,285, “Compression End Couplings, Tees, Elbows, Line Caps, and Riser Tees for Gas Pipe and Tubing” for approved compression couplings, caps, and fittings.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 6 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

 7.0 APPROVED END CLOSURES FOR PRESSURE TESTING DISTRIBUTION MAINS/SERVICES (Continued)

7.5 Compression Fittings

A) Exposed non-restraining type compression fittings (couplings, tees, elbows, and riser tees) to be included in a pressure test shall first be reinforced per Gas Drawing EO-16880-B, “Reinforcement of Non-Restraining Compression Couplings for 2” to 24” Dia. Mains.”

B) Exposed restraining type compression fittings do not require reinforcement.

C) When Company M&S plates or layouts indicate that buried (non-exposed) non-restraining type compression fittings will be included in a pressure test, the embedment calculation shall be performed to determine if reinforcement is required. See Gas Specification G-8153.

 8.0 PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTION MAINS/SERVICES

 8.1 Distribution Mains

A) Tie-in Joint/Weld

 1) Each tie-in joint (e.g. mechanical coupling, electrofusion coupling) or weld used to tie-in a tested segment of distribution main shall be given a leakage test (i.e., soap tested) at operating pressure when placed into service.

B) New and Replacement Sections of Steel or PE Plastic Main Less than or Equal to (≤) 1000’

1) The test medium shall be air or an inert gas. Water shall be used only when directed by Gas Transmission Engineering or Gas Distribution Engineering.

 2) The test pressure must be maintained at or above the test pressure for at least one (1) hour after stabilization. A calibrated pressure gauge that will indicate two (2) psig increments or less shall be used for testing (Class & Stock #459-7050). (See Section 6.1)

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 7 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

 8.0 PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTION MAINS/SERVICES (Continued)

C) New and Replacement Sections of Steel or PE Plastic Main Greater Than (>) 1000’

1) The test medium shall be air or an inert gas. Water shall be used only when directed by Gas Transmission Engineering or Gas Distribution Engineering.

 2) The test pressure must be maintained at or above the test pressure for at least two (2) hours after stabilization. A calibrated pressure gauge that will indicate two (2) psig increments or less shall be used for testing (Class & Stock #459-7050). (See Section 6.1)

D) PE Plastic Main Insertions

 1) A calibrated pressure gauge that will indicate two (2) psig increments or less shall be used for testing (Class & Stock #459-7050). (See Section 6.1)

 2) For insertions 1000’ or less, the test pressure must be maintained at or above the test pressure for a minimum of one (1) hour. (See Section 6.1)

Alternatively, the test duration may be 30 minutes prior to insertion, followed by a 30 minute test after insertion and a visible inspection of the PE plastic pipe for damage (i.e., gauges, scrapes, dents) per Gas Specification G-8005.

 3) For insertions greater than (>) 1000’, the test pressure must be maintained at or above the test pressure for a minimum of two (2) hours. (See Section 6.1)

Alternatively, for insertions greater than (>) 1000’ and ≤ 1500’ the test duration may be 1 ½ hours prior to insertion, followed by a 30 minute test after insertion and a visible inspection of the PE plastic pipe for damage (i.e., gauges, scrapes, dents) per Gas Specification G-8005.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 8 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

 8.0 PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTION MAINS/SERVICES (Continued)

4) All "aboveground" pressure testing shall be performed with "extra due diligence" to secure the pipe during the pressure test for the safety of employees, contractors, and the general public.

"Aboveground" pressure tests shall be limited to less than or equal to (≤) 4" diameter PE plastic pipe (straight and coiled).

"Aboveground" pressure tests on greater than or equal to (≥) 6" diameter PE plastic pipe (straight and coiled) must be reviewed and approved by Gas Distribution Engineering.

8.2 New, Replacement, and Temporarily Disconnected Distribution Services

A) The test medium shall be air or inert gas. The test indicator must be such that any loss of pressure can be readily detected.

 B) The test pressure must be maintained at or above the test pressure for the following minimum times. (See Section 6.1)

1) 2" diameter and smaller - 15 minutes

2) Greater than 2" diameter - 30 minutes

C) The limits of the pressure test shall be as follows. The service connection to the main need not be included in these tests if it is not feasible to do so. However, it must be given a leakage test (i.e., soap tested) at operating pressure and documented as part of the pressure test when placed into service (See Section 12.0).

1) New and replacement services:

a) Inside meter/meter-regulator From the main to the first fitting inside the wall of the customer’s structure through which the service enters.

b) Outside meter/meter-regulator From the main to the meter riser valve, if any, or the first fitting on the riser upstream of the regulator where one is installed; or

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 9 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

 8.0 PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTION MAINS/SERVICES (Continued) c) Inside meter with an outside regulator From the main to the first fitting on the riser upstream of the regulator.

2) Temporarily disconnected services:

a) Inside meter/meter-regulator From the point of disconnection to the first fitting inside the wall of the customer’s structure through which the service enters.

b) Outside meter/meter-regulator From the point of disconnection to the meter riser valve, if any, or the first fitting on the riser upstream of the regulator where one is installed.

c) Inside meter with an outside regulator From the point of disconnection to the first fitting on the riser upstream of the regulator.

3) Removal/replacement/installation of first fitting inside the wall of the customer’s structure (e.g. service head valve)

a) Inside meter/meter-regulator From the point of gas isolation (e.g. curb valve, squeeze-off location) to the new first fitting inside the wall of the customer’s structure through which the service enters.

b) Inside meter with an outside regulator From the point of gas isolation (e.g. curb valve, squeeze-off location) to the new first fitting inside the wall of the customer’s structure through which the service enters.

NOTE: If provisions are made to maintain continuous service (e.g. installation of a bypass), any part of the original service line used to maintain continuous service need not be tested.

D) Steel services temporarily disconnected shall be maintained or replaced per Gas Specification G-8149, “Responsibility for Maintenance and Replacement of Gas Services.”

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 10 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

 8.0 PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTION MAINS/SERVICES (Continued)

 8.3 PE Plastic and Welded Metallic Tapping Fittings

The test pressure for PE plastic heat fusion or electrofusion fittings (i.e., electrofusion tapping tees, SPA saddles) or welded metallic fittings used for stopper, purge, and bypass connections must be maintained at or above the following test pressures for a minimum of 15 minutes prior to drilling and/or tapping:

1) 90 psig for LP, IP and MP.

2) 150 psig for HP.

 8.4 Mechanical Metallic Tapping Fittings

The test pressure for metallic reinforcement tapping sleeves (e.g. Style 50, Style 80, green sleeve) must be maintained at or above the following test pressures for a minimum of 15 minutes prior to drilling and/or tapping:

1) 5 psig for LP

2) 20 psig for IP and MP.

3) 150 psig for HP.

NOTE: Threaded service connections at the main must be given a leakage test at the operating pressure when placed in service (ie, soap test).

 8.5 Cured-In-Place (CIP) Liners

A) The test pressure for cast iron or steel mains and services with Cured-In- Place (CIP) liners must be maintained at or above the following test pressures for a minimum of two (2) hours:

1) 10 psig for LP.

2) 90 psig for IP and MP.

3) 150 psig for HP.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 11 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

 8.0 PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTION MAINS/SERVICES (Continued)

B) For pressure testing mains/ services with cured in place liners, all buried non- restraining compression couplings or joints must be reinforced per Gas Specification G-8153. Reinforcement welding on pipe or couplings shall be completed prior to insertion of the CIP liner. If impractical to reinforce the compression couplings or joints, the end of the pipe must be anchored or braced to prevent movement or pullout during the pressure test. Contact Gas Distribution Engineering to design the required anchoring or blocking the ends of the pipe.

9.0 WITNESS REQUIREMENTS FOR PRESSURE TESTING DISTRIBUTION MAINS/ SERVICES

 9.1 Pressure tests performed by Company crews and Per Diem on all distribution mains (10” diameter and less) and services shall be witnessed and documented (including employee name and number or ITS number) by any of the following:

A) Company management employee (e.g. Gas Operations Gas Supervisor, Gas Planner, Construction Management Chief Construction Inspector, Project Specialist, Construction Services Supervisor)

B) Company Operator Qualified (OQ) Gas Mechanic

C) Per Diem OQ Gas Mechanic

 9.2 A Company management employee must witness and document (including employee name and number or ITS number ) at least fifty percent (50%) of all pressure tests on distribution services performed by Company crews, Per Diem, and Gas Contractors managed by Gas Operations. This fifty percent (50%) shall be randomly selected without prior notification to the person performing the actual construction and gassing-in of the service line.

 9.3 Pressure tests performed by Company crews and Per Diem on all distribution mains 12” and larger shall be witnessed and documented (including employee name and number or ITS number) by a Company Operator Qualified (OQ) management employee.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 12 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

9.0 WITNESS REQUIREMENTS FOR PRESSURE TESTING DISTRIBUTION MAINS/ SERVICES (Continued)

 9.4 Pressure tests performed by all OQ Gas Contractors on all distribution mains and services shall be witnessed and documented (including employee name and number or ITS number) as follows:

A) Distribution Services (all sizes)

1) Company management employee, Construction Representative (CR), or Company Construction Inspector (CI) shall witness and document at least fifty percent (50%) of all OQ Gas Contractor performed pressure tests on services. (See Section 8.2)

2) The remaining fifty percent (50%) shall be witnessed and documented by an OQ Gas Contractor Mechanic

B) Distribution Mains (10" and smaller)

1) Company management employee, CR, CI, or CCI shall witness and document one hundred percent (100%) of OQ Gas Contractor performed pressure tests on distribution mains 10" and less in diameter.

C) Distribution Mains (12" and larger)

1) Company Operator Qualified (OQ) management employee shall witness and document one hundred percent (100%) of OQ Gas Contractor performed pressure test on mains 12" and larger in diameter.

10.0 PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSMISSION MAINS/SERVICES

10.1 Notification

At least five (5) business days prior to starting the pressure test, Gas Transmission Engineering shall notify the Gas and Water Division of the Department of Public Service (PSC). In order to maintain continuity of service during emergencies, shorter notice is permissible. Pressure tests are not considered satisfactory, unless certified by a designated PSC inspector.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 13 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

10.0 PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSMISSION MAINS/SERVICES (Continued)

10.2 The test medium shall be water.

The discharge of water from a hydrostatic pressure test (process or industrial wastewater) to publicly owned sewer systems is regulated. Refer to CEHSP E02.04, "Wastewater Discharges to Publicly Owned Sewer Systems or On-Site Septic Disposal Systems" for the requirements for proper discharge of this wastewater. A pig, sphere, or similar equipment shall be used to remove any remaining water from the tested pipe, where practical, and shall be disposed of in the proper manner. Contact EHS Operations for assistance.

Note: Elevation variations can significantly impact pressure tests with water and shall be taken into consideration (See Section 12.3 (A) (6)).

 10.3 Each segment of a new/replaced steel transmission main/service must be strength tested in accordance with this section to substantiate the proposed MAOP.

NOTE: The section of pipe to be used for the "tie-in piece" shall have been previously strength tested in accordance with this section.

The "tie-in welds" shall be given a leakage test at the operating pressure when placed in service (ie, soap test).

10.4 The minimum test pressure shall be 1 ½ times the maximum allowable operating pressure (MAOP).

10.5 Test Duration (after pressure stabilization)

A) 12 hours

B) 4 hours for a short length of pipeline (100 feet or less), which has not been backfilled and where, throughout its entire length, its entire circumference can be readily examined visually for the detection of leaks.

NOTE: Contact the PSC for concurrence to perform a 4 hour test for exposed lengths greater than 100 feet.

C) 2 hours for transmission service lines 2" diameter and smaller.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 14 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

10.0 PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSMISSION MAINS/SERVICES (Continued)

10.6 A calibrated recording pressure gauge with increments of 5 psig or less, and a dead- weight tester shall be used. Dead-weight tester readings shall be taken at least hourly for the first and last two hours of the test. Calibrated pressure, temperature (pipe and ambient), and dead-weight tester readings shall be recorded per Section 12.3.

11.0 WITNESS REQUIREMENTS FOR PRESSURE TESTING TRANSMISSION MAINS/SERVICES

An engineer from Gas Transmission Engineering must witness and document (including employee number and his/her signature) the results of all pressure tests performed on transmission mains/ services. An inspector from the PSC shall also certify the satisfactory completion of the pressure test. (See Section 10.1)

12.0 RECORDS AND RETENTION

12.1 Distribution Services

A) A record of distribution service pressure tests shall be made and shall contain at least all of the following information:

 1) Name and employee number of Company Operator Qualified gas mechanic, or name and ITS # of Operator Qualified gas contractor mechanic performing the pressure test.

 2) Name and employee number of Company employee, or name and ITS # of gas contractor mechanic who witnesses the pressure test (as required per Section 9.0).

3) Test medium used

4) Test pressure 5) Test duration 6) Location and date of test

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 15 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

12.0 RECORDS AND RETENTION (Continued)

12.1 Distribution Services (Continued)

 7) Length, diameter, material, and line pressure (e.g. LP, IP, MP, or HP) of the service tested

8) Limits of the service pressure test indicating if the service connection to the main was included in the pressure test. (See Section 8.2.C)

 B) Pressure test results for installed, replaced, inserted, or reconnected distribution services shall be recorded on the "As-Constructed/ Emergency Sketch” drawing.

 C) The respective Area Gas Operations organization where the distribution service is installed shall retain the pressure test records for distribution services in accordance with CI-870-1.

 12.2 Distribution Mains

A) A record of distribution main pressure tests shall be made and shall contain at least all of the following information:

1) Name and employee number of Company Operator Qualified gas mechanic, or name and ITS # of Operator Qualified gas contractor mechanic performing the pressure test.

2) Name and employee number of Company employee, or name and ITS # of gas contractor mechanic who witnesses the pressure test (as required per Section 9.0).

3) Test medium used

4) Test pressure

5) Test duration

6) Pressure recording charts, or other record of pressure readings (e.g. “As-Constructed/Emergency Sketch”)

7) Elevation variations, whenever significant for the particular test

NOTE: Pressure tests with air or inert gas are not impacted by elevation variations. (See Section 12.3(A)(7))

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 16 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

12.0 RECORDS AND RETENTION (Continued)

 12.2 Distribution Mains (Continued)

8) Location and date of test

9) Length, diameter, material, and line pressure (e.g. LP, IP, MP, or HP) of the main tested

10) Leaks and failures notes and their disposition.

B) Pressure test results for installed, replaced, inserted, or reconnected distribution mains shall be recorded on the "As-Constructed/ Emergency Sketch” drawing.

C) The respective Area Gas Operations organization where the distribution main is installed shall retain the pressure test records in accordance with CI-870-1.

 12.3 Transmission Mains/Services

A) A record of transmission main/services pressure tests shall be made and shall contain at least all of the following information:

1) Name and employee number of employee performing the pressure test (e.g. Pressure Control mechanic) and the name of any test company used 2) Name and employee number of Engineer from Gas Transmission Engineering who witnesses the pressure test (as required per Section 11.0). 3) Test medium used 4) Test pressure 5) Test duration

6) Pressure recording charts, or other record of pressure readings (e.g. temperature (pipe and ambient) chart, and pressure/temperature table). 7) Elevation variations, whenever significant for the particular test

NOTE: Pressure tests with water can be significantly impacted by elevation variations (See Section 10.2).

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 17 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

12.0 RECORDS AND RETENTION (Continued)

 12.3 Transmission Mains/Services (Continued)

8) Location and date of test

9) Length, diameter, material of the main tested

10) Leaks and failures notes and their disposition.

B) Gas Transmission Engineering shall retain the transmission mains/services pressure test records as per CI-870-1 “Records Management”.

12.4 Records Management

Any records generated in the course of performing work in accordance with this specification shall be maintained as required by Corporate Instruction CI-870-1 “Records Management”. Guidance on the retention of Company Gas Operations records can also be found on the Records Management intranet site.

 13.0 REFERENCES

CI-870-1 Records Management

G-8005 General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Mains

G-8100 General Specification for the Installation of Gas Services

G-8121 Qualifications of Installers Joining Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8123 Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8149 Responsibility for Maintenance and Replacement of Gas Services

G-8153 Reinforcing Buried Compression Fittings

G-8218 Gas Transmission Records Management and Retention

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 18 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

TITLE: PRESSURE TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR GAS MAINS AND SERVICES

 13.0 REFERENCES (Continued)

G-100,285 Compression End Couplings, Tees, Elbows, Line Caps, and Riser Tees for Gas Pipe and Tubing

CEHSP E02.04 Wastewater Discharges To Publicly Owned Sewer Systems or On-Site Septic Disposal Systems

PSC Case 15686, order dated 6/29/83 and issued 7/11/83 – Order directing Con Edison to revise its construction standards to require a Company Supervisor to witness and endorse the record of each service line pressure test.

PSC Case 03-G-1507, order dated 5/14/04 and issued 6/3/04 – Order granting New York members of the Northeast Gas Association a waiver of the requirements of 16 NYCRR 255.756 and 255.757 to conduct a pilot program to allow limited application of cured-in- place (CIP) cast iron pipe liners in lieu of replacement of sections of cast iron mains affected by excavation activities

PHMSA 49 CFR Part 192, Sections 513 Interpretation Letter dated September 16, 1992.

PSC Case 94-G-0650, AVP Mr. V. Richard Conforti letter dated 10/20/93 to the Honorable John J. Kelliher, Secretary, State of New York, Public Service Commission (Letter petitions relief from 100% service witness by Company Supervisor)

PSC Recommendation at the Session of 2/22/95. Issued and effective 3/2/95 Recommendation reduces 100% service pressure test witness by Company Supervisor to 10% random witness.

In January, 2003, Construction Management Best Practices Committee recommended the pressure test witnessing be increased as discussed in Section 9.0.

ASME B31.8 (2014)

 14.0 ATTACHMENTS

APPENDIX A Pressure Testing Requirements

APPENDIX B Witness Requirements for Pressure Testing

APPENDIX C Sample “As-Constructed/Emergency Sketch”

 EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/17 DATE VOLUME:2 (Section 8.0), 10, & Yellow PAGE 19 NUMBER: APPROVED: Book Construction Standards and O&M OF 19 G-8204-8c 12/9/16 Manual PAGES

 APPENDIX A Pressure Testing Requirements for New and Replacement Steel and Direct Buried PE Plastic Distribution Mains

PRESSURE DURATION MATERIAL LENGTH TEST METHOD TEST PRESSURE (after stabilization) Soap test all joints/welds used at tie-in Steel & Tie-In locations (e.g. welds, mechanical PE Plastic Line Pressure N/A Section couplings & electrofusion couplings) Mains when placed into service Steel & 90 psig for LP, IP, & MP PE Plastic 1000’ Pressure test with air or inert gas One (1) hour ≤ 150 psig for HP * Mains Steel & 90 psig for LP, IP, & MP PE Plastic > 1000’ Pressure test with air or inert gas Two (2) hours 150 psig for HP * Mains

Pressure Testing Requirements for New and Replacement PE Plastic Distribution Main Insertion

PRESSURE DURATION MATERIAL LENGTH TEST METHOD TEST PRESSURE (after stabilization) Soap test all joints/welds used at tie-in locations PE Plastic Main Tie-In (e.g. welds, mechanical Line Pressure N/A Insertion Section couplings & electrofusion couplings)

One (1) hour OR PE Plastic Main Pressure test with air or 90 psig for LP, IP, & MP 30 minutes prior to insertion 1000’ Insertion ≤ inert gas 150 psig for HP * AND 30 minutes after insertion

Two (2) hours OR  PE Plastic > 1000’ to ≤ Pressure test with air or 90 psig for LP, IP, & MP 1 ½ hours prior to insertion Main Insertion 1500’ inert gas 150 psig for HP * AND 30 minutes after insertion

 PE Plastic Pressure test with air or 90 psig for LP, IP, & MP > 1500’ Two (2) hours Main Insertion inert gas 150 psig for HP *

Pressure Testing Requirements for New, Replacement, and Temporarily Disconnected Distribution Services

PRESSURE DURATION MATERIAL Service Size TEST METHOD TEST PRESSURE (after stabilization)

PE Plastic or Pressure test with 90 psig for LP, IP, & MP 2” 15 minutes Steel ≤ air or inert gas 150 psig for HP *

Pressure test with Copper 2” 90 psig for LP, IP, & MP * 15 minutes ≤ air or inert gas

PE Plastic or Pressure test with 90 psig for LP, IP, & MP > 2” 30 minutes Steel air or inert gas 150 psig for HP *

At line pressure, soap test service connection to main.

* LP = low pressure, IP = intermediate pressure, MP -= medium pressure, HP = high pressure G-8204-8c

APPENDIX B

Witness Requirements for Pressure Testing Distribution Main/Services

PRESSURE TEST SERVICES PERFORMED BY MAINS ≤ 10” MAINS ≥12”

≥ 50% random witness by 100% by Company Company management management 100% by Company OQ Company Personnel OR Company OQ Gas management Remainder by Company OQ Mechanic Gas Mechanic ≥ 50% random witness by 100% by Company Company management management 100% by Company OQ Per Diem OR Per Diem OQ Gas management Remainder by Per Diem OQ Mechanic Gas Mechanic ≥ 50% random witness by Company management Gas Contractors 100% by Company 100% by Company OQ

Managed by Gas Ops management management Remainder by Contractor OQ Gas Mechanic ≥ 50% random witness by Company CR, CI, Gas Contractors 100% by OR management 100% by Company OQ Managed by Construction Company CR, CI, management Management OR management Remainder by Contractor OQ Gas Mechanic

OQ = Operator Qualified, CR = Construction Representative, CI = Construction Inspector

G-8204-8c

 APPENDIX C

Sample “As-Constructed/Emergency Sketch” Form

Click on the following hyperlink for the latest As-Constructed Emergency Sketch forms.

G-8204-8c

LAST REVIEW DATE: 10/30/17 REVIEW CYCLE: 5 Years EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18

SPECIFICATION: IP-7-12b

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10

COURSE ID: GAS0213

CORE GROUPS: Gas Construction

TARGET AUDIENCE: Gas Construction, Emergency Response Force (ERF), Gas Distribution Engineering, Gas Transmission Engineering, Construction, Per Diem, and Gas Contractors

REV 12b: Revised Records Retention Section 20.0. (4/25/18)

REV 12a: Reworded Sections 4.2, 14.3, 15.0, and 16.0 for clarity. Corrected typographical errors in Attachments A, B, D, and L. Referenced Record Retention policy in Section 20.0. (2/2/18)

REVISIONS: (See )

1) Section 5.3 - New section. Renumbered subsequent sections.

2) Section 5.6 - Clarified that installed mains need to be capped when work is not in progress.

3) Section 13.3 D 1 - Added requirement to contact Gas Transmission Engineering if 8 feet cannot be met.

4) Section 13.5 - Added use of contact pyrometer.

5) Section 14.1 - Section entirely rewritten.

6) Section 14.2:D - Section entirely rewritten.

7) Section 15.2:14 - Updated to match G-8129 requirements.

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

(Continued)

8) Section 15.3:19 - Updated to match G-8129 requirements.

9) Section 16.2:15 - Updated to match G-8129 requirements.

10) Section 16.3:18 - Updated to match G-8129 requirements. 11) Section 16.3:23 - Added “abandoned” and “repaired”.

12) Section 19.0:B - Added reference to IP-9.

13) Section 21 - Updated Attachments B, D, G, H, I, J, K and L.

IP-7-12b Gas Operations Standards TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS

MAINS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

1.0 SCOPE 3

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 3

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION 3

4.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 4

5.0 JOB PREPARATION 5

6.0 EXCAVATION 7

7.0 MAIN/SERVICE PREPARATION 8

8.0 TAP HOLE DATA 10

9.0 LOW PRESSURE STOPPERS 12

10.0 PURGE PIPES 13

11.0 GROUNDING 14

12.0 EXTERNAL/INTERNAL CORROSION 15

13.0 PIPE CUTTING AND WELDING 16

14.0 FLOW TEST AND MAIN BYPASS 17

15.0 LOW PRESSURE CUT-OUTS OF EXISTING 21 PLASTIC/METALLIC MAINS

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 EH&S REVIEW BY: A. Moylan OPERATIONS REVIEW BY:F. Stauss (Gas Constr.) DATE VOLUME: PAGE 1 AUTHOR: APPROVED BY: APPROVED: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 OF Tomas Hernandez Construction Standards 33 M. Baldovin Chief Gas Engineer 10/30/17 and O&M Manual PAGES Gas Distribution Engineering

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

SECTION TITLE PAGE

16.0 INTERMEDIATE, MEDIUM, OR HIGH PRESSURE 25 CUT-OUTS OF EXISTING PLASTIC/METALLIC MAINS

17.0 TIE-IN TO AN EXISTING LIVE PLASTIC THAT HAS A 29 MAIN VALVE AND DOWNSTREAM EXTENSION ARM

18.0 EXTINGUISHING LOW PRESSURE GAS MAIN FIRES 29

19.0 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORD OF WORK 30

 20.0 RECORDS RETENTION 30

21.0 REFERENCES 31

22.0 ATTACHMENTS 33

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 2 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

1.0 SCOPE

This document contains the construction requirements to safely stop off and control the flow of gas while performing a cut-out or tie-in of:

A) Low pressure (LP) metallic or polyethylene (PE) plastic gas mains,

B) Intermediate pressure (IP), medium pressure (MP), or high pressure (HP) metallic or PE plastic gas mains

A written procedure and contingency plan is required for all cut-outs and tie-ins of:

A) 16” and larger, LP metallic or PE plastic gas mains

B) 4” and larger, IP, MP, or HP metallic or PE plastic gas mains.

C) Main or service work impacting a regulator station.

(See Gas Specification IP-9, “Requirements for Written Procedures and Contingency Plans”)

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

Federal: 49 CFR Part 192, Sections 321, 459, 475, 627, 751

State: 16 NYCRR Part 255, Sections 321, 459, 475, 627, 751.

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION

3.1 Installers who tap an energized pipeline, weld steel, and join PE plastic pipe must be Operator Qualified.

All other “covered tasks” shall be completed by either Operator Qualified individuals or individuals under the direct observation of one who is Operator Qualified. “Direct observation” means that the Operator Qualified individual remains in direct visual and verbal contact at all times with the individual performing the task.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 3 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION (Continued)

3.2 Installers who join PE plastic pipe/ tubing and fittings must be Operator Qualified and in compliance with the annual requalification requirements of Gas Specification G-8121, "Qualification of Installers Joining Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services."

A) All butt fusion and branch saddle fusion must be fabricated in accordance with the fusion procedures outlined in Gas Specifications G-8123, “Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services.”

B) All electrofusion joints must be fabricated in accordance with the fusion procedures outlined in IP-27, “Installation of Electrofusion Fittings on Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/ Tubing and Molded Fittings Using a Universal Electrofusion Processor.”

C) All mechanical joints must be fabricated in accordance with the installation procedures outlined in Gas Specification IP-20, “Installation of Mechanical Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing”.

3.3 Welders shall be Operator Qualified in accordance with the requirements in Gas Specification G-1065, “Qualification of Welders and Welding Procedures”.

4.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

4.1 Electrically powered equipment shall never be used on a main or service containing any percentage of natural gas. EXCEPTION: Welding/fusion equipment and equipment approved by Corrosion Control and the Gas Development Lab.

 4.2 The following fittings used for stopper, purge, and bypass connections shall be pressure tested to 90 psig for LP, IP, and MP or 150 psig for HP for 15 minutes prior to drilling and/or tapping:

• PE plastic (i.e., electrofusion tapping tees, SPA saddles) or metallic tapping tees

• Mechanical (control fittings), welded, or electrofusion stopper fittings

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 4 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

4.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

Exception: Metallic reinforcement tapping sleeves (e.g. Style 50, Style 80, green sleeve) must be maintained at or above the following test pressures for a minimum of 15 minutes prior to drilling and/or tapping: 1) 5 psig for LP 2) 20 psig for IP and MP. 3) 150 psig for HP.

4.3 Cover/protection, clearances, and valve/drip installation shall be in accordance with the General Requirement section of Gas Specification G-8005, "General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Mains.”

4.4 For additional information on PE plastic main installations (i.e., pipeline joints, bends, tracer wire, restrictions, steam areas, expansion/contraction, insertion requirements, pipe defects, SDR/MAOP, valves/molded fittings) refer to the Plastic Main Installation section of Gas Specification G-8005.

4.5 For additional information on steel main installations (i.e., pipeline joints, bends, casing installation, cathodic protection, defects) refer to the Steel Main Installation section of Gas Specification G-8005.

4.6 Pressure test the gas main replacement/tie-in as per Gas Specification G-8204, “Pressure Testing Gas Mains and Services.”

4.7 See Specification G-8178, “Shut-Off of Polyethylene Plastic Pipe/Tubing Used for Gas Mains and Services” for detailed information on the installation (including placement on PE plastic pipe and size/pressure limitations), operation, and removal of squeeze-off units and the grounding requirements prior to, during, and after squeezing-off.

4.8 All non-hazardous material that cannot be reused shall be brought back to the workout location for proper disposal/recycling.

5.0 JOB PREPARATION

5.1 Before performing an intermediate pressure (IP), medium pressure (MP), or high pressure (HP) main cut-out and/or tie-in, contingency (isolation) main valves shall be identified and checked for access and operation.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 5 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

5.0 JOB PREPARATION (Continued)

A) Before operating or excavating a main valve, check the main valve box for oily water. If found, follow the established environmental procedure in GEHSI E02.10 "Valve Test Boxes".

B) If the location of the valve or the valve tag is different from information in the Gas Inspection System (GIS) and/or the Byers mapping system, notify the GERC and supervision.

C) For requirements to operate a main valve, see Gas Specification G-11803, “Periodic Inspection of Distribution and Transmission System Valves.” If the valve is found to be inoperable, notify the GERC and supervision.

D) Ensure the main valves are returned to the full open position.

E) Whenever a main valve is operated, Gas Valve Reports shall be prepared and sent to Gas Distribution Engineering-Maps and Records. (See Gas Specification G-11816, “Gas Valve Records”)

5.2 Performing a main cut-out on an IP, MP, HP, or TP main in the proximity of a non-restraining type compression fitting could allow movement or pull-out from the compression fitting. If compression end fitting(s) or valve(s) are either exposed or installed as part of the main cut-out/tie-in, then:

A) Review the Gas M&S plate to identify if any buried compression end valves or fittings are in the vicinity of planned work to determine if reinforcement is needed

B) Refer to Gas Specification G-8153, "Reinforcing Buried Compression Fittings" to determine whether reinforcement of the compression end fitting(s) or valve(s) are/is required

NOTES:

● Restraining-type fittings shall be used whenever possible.

● Unrestrained (e.g. inserted plastic pipe) plastic pipe will expand or contract approximately 1.4 inches per 100 feet for each 10°F change in temperature. Consideration should be given to embedment length or reinforcement when tying a plastic main to a cast iron (joints) or a steel main (connected by couplings).

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 6 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

5.0 JOB PREPARATION (Continued)

 5.3 Consideration should be given to the type of stoppers being used to allow for proper separation distances. (See Section Sections 8.0 and 9.0)

5.4 A combustible gas indicator and a dry chemical fire extinguisher shall be present at the work site.

5.5 Flame retardant clothing, airline respirator and harness and line shall be available and worn as per Gas Specification IP-42 "Requirements for Airline Respirator (ALR), Flame Retardant Coveralls (FRC), Harness and Line (H&L), and Harness and Gantry (H/G)".

 5.6 Provisions for capping open ended installed mains shall be on location and ready for use. Installed mains shall be capped when work is not in progress.

5.7 Gas services suspected to have been treated with Epi-Seal shall be handled in accordance with GAS0027, "Handling Gas Services Containing Epi-Seal." Epi- Seal (E.S.) is a spray epoxy that was used to internally seal leaking services and may contain asbestos.

6.0 EXCAVATION

6.1 Before excavation:

A) Review Gas M&S plates and layout to determine if excavation activities will be within the vicinity of a gas regulator station. Contact Gas Distribution Engineering- Gas Maps & Records for a copy of the Gas Regulator Plate to determine locations of control lines and inter stage piping. Excavate by hand or vacuum excavation within the vicinity of control lines and inter stage piping to avoid damage.

NOTE: All main cut-outs or tie-ins within the “Control Area” of a regulator station require the verbal approval of Gas Control at least 24 hours prior to commencement of work. The “Control Area” is the area immediately surrounding the regulator station or gas main associated with supply to or from a regulator station.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 7 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

6.0 EXCAVATION (Continued)

B) Ensure that the locations of all planned excavations have been marked- out (as per Code Rule 753) prior to excavating and utility marks are refreshed during construction.

C) Compare layouts and gas, electric and steam M&S plates to the mark-outs and actual field conditions (e.g. outdoor service risers, curb valves, main valves, drips, prior excavations). Take action if there is conflicting information (e.g., hand dig, contact Facilities Protection to tone out).

D) Prior to trenchless construction (e.g. hole hog, bullet, directional drill, ConSplit, pipe bursting), all marked/staked or mapped buried utilities within the tolerance zone of the projected trenchless path shall be exposed and verified. Avoid damaging other utilities (electric, water, sewer, drain lines, etc.).

E) Review excavation sites for proximity to gas transmission mains. See Gas Specification G-11863, “Inspection and Assessment Requirements Associated With Excavation Activities Near Gas Pipelines and Other Hazardous Conditions, for Pipelines Operating at 125 PSIG and Above” for excavation requirements in the vicinity of gas transmission mains.

6.2 Contaminated soil off Con Edison property shall be handled in accordance with General Environmental Health and Safety Instruction GEHSI E05.11, "Excavated Soils on Property Not Company Owned."

6.3 Contact EHS Operations for guidance pertaining to contaminated soil prior to excavating on Con Edison property.

7.0 MAIN/SERVICE PREPARATION

7.1 After cleaning and/or grinding any ribs from a cast iron main, the pipe and fittings shall be measured using a caliper to ensure that the outside diameter of the existing and new main match.

7.2 Prior to the existing main being cut, it must be properly supported and an appropriate environmental site setup be installed. Wooden blocking material, if used, may not be left under the pipe and backfilled after the tie in is completed.

7.3 The environmental site setup is dependent on the substances and quantity of material found in the main. At a minimum, the environmental site setup shall

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 8 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

7.0 MAIN/SERVICE PREPARATION (Continued)

include non-skid matting, absorbent pads and catch basin.

The determination of the type of hazardous materials within the main can be made by:

A) Visual inspection of main interior via plugs/tap holes on the main.

B) Review of the M&S plate.

C) Inspection of the existing condition in the excavation.

D) Internal inspection of the pipe with a camera.

7.4 After tapping holes, during cut-out and after removing stoppers, the existing main (and services connected to the main to be replaced/ rehabilitated) shall be checked for hazardous substances.

A) Distribution Mains and Services

If any hazardous substances (oil, sludge, etc.), other than drip water, are found in distribution mains, immediately contact EHS Operations.

• Free flowing liquids (non-oily) shall be treated as drip water and handled in accordance with GEHSI E06.07, "Gas Drip Water.” Drip water is any accumulation of water from outside sources (i.e., water infiltration due to corrosion, cracks, condensation or water main breaks) found inside gas distribution pipes and is hazardous for benzene.

• Solid non-oily sludge and oily sludge shall be handled in accordance with GEHSI E06.11, “Liquids and Solids during Main Cut- Outs.”

• Autoseal shall be handled in accordance with Gas Operations EH&S Instruction GAS0025, "Handling Autoseal in Gas Pipes." Autoseal (A.S.) or Never Leak (N.L) were materials sprayed into cast iron mains to seal joints and may be hazardous for PCBs, benzene, and cresol.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 9 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

7.0 MAIN/SERVICE PREPARATION (Continued)

B) Transmission Mains If any liquid or solid substances are found in gas regulator station piping or components fed from the gas transmission system, immediately contact EHS Operations.

EHS Operations will provide guidance on proper handling, sampling, removal, and disposal. EHS Operations will also coordinate with Gas Transmission Engineering and the Chem Lab for additional required sampling to identify constituents in the liquids and/or solids that may potentially cause internal corrosion in the transmission pipe.

7.5 Existing steel mains and services coated with coal tar wrap shall be handled in accordance with the work procedure in the Asbestos Management Manual (AMM Chapter 6, Section 6.04 “Coal Tar Wrap Removal – Gas, Electric, and Fuel Oil”).

7.6 Any portion of PE plastic piping exposed due to the removal of a section of casing or which spans disturbed earth shall be of sufficient strength to withstand the external loading and shearing forces or it shall be protected with a suitable bridging piece.

8.0 TAP HOLE DATA

8.1 If utilizing existing tap holes on metallic mains, the entire circumference of the main shall be exposed prior to installing stoppers.

8.2 Only approved tapping equipment shall be used to drill or drill and thread a hole in a low pressure metallic main.

8.3 For cast iron, steel, or wrought iron pipe, the pipe must be reinforced when the diameter of the tap hole exceeds 25% of the nominal diameter of the pipe. See Table 1 for maximum “tap hole” size without reinforcement.

EXCEPTIONS: A) A 1” tap hole can be drilled and threaded in a 3” steel or wrought iron main without reinforcement.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 10 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

8.0 TAP HOLE DATA (Continued)

EXCEPTIONS (Continued):

B) A 1¼” tap hole can be drilled and threaded in a 4” steel or wrought iron main without reinforcement.

C) A 1¼” tap hole in a 4” cast iron main must have a strap saddle (double strap) installed for the threaded connection.

D) A 1½” ” tap hole in a 6” cast iron main must have a strap saddle (double strap) installed for the threaded connection.

8.4 Table 1, Metallic Main Tap Hole Sizes, 3” - 12”

Purge/Vent Maximum Tap Purge/Vent Distance Main Stopper Pipe Size for Hole Size for Separate Between Size Tap Size Common Hole Without Tap Hole Taps with Stopper Reinforcement 3” 1” 1” 14” ½” 1” 4” 1 ¼” 1” 14” ½” 1 ¼ ” * 6” 1 ½” 1” 14” ½” 1 ½” * 8” 2” 1” 14” ½” 2” 10” 2” 2” 16” 1” 2 ½” 12” 2 ½” 2” 16” 1” 3” * See EXCEPTIONS for cast iron in Section 8.3

8.5 Where the maximum tap hole size indicated in Table 1 will be exceeded, connections to the main shall be installed as follows, and an anode bag shall be installed on the strap saddle or sleeve as per Specification G-8205, “Corrosion Control of Buried Steel Gas Mains and Services.” • Installed with either a strap saddle or clamp for a 1½” drilled only hole in a 4” cast iron, steel or wrought iron main. • Installed with either a strap saddle or clamp for a 2” drilled only hole in a 4” or 6” cast iron, steel, or wrought iron main. • Reinforced with a Style 50, Style 80 or “approved special order fitting” (i.e., green sleeve) for cast iron mains. • Reinforced with a welded fitting (i.e., tapping tee) or “approved special order fitting” (i.e., green sleeve) for steel or wrought iron mains.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 11 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

8.0 TAP HOLE DATA (Continued)

8.6 Table 2, Metallic Main Tap Hole Sizes, 16” - 36” Purge/Vent Distance Between Taps Maximum Tap Main Stopper for Hole Size Size Tap Size Separate P1 to S1 S1 to P3 P3 to S3 Without Tap Hole Reinforcement 16” 3” 2” 14” 16” 16” 4" 18” 3” 2” 15” 16” 16” 4" 20” 4” 2” 16” 20” 16” 5" 24” 4” 2” 18” 24” 18” 5" 30” 4” or 5” 2” 18” 30” 18” 5" 36” 5” 2” 18” 36” 18” 5"

8.7 Table 3, Plastic Main Tap Hole Sizes Distance Distance Tapping Purge PE Tapping Between Between Tee Pipe Main Size Tee Size Development Cylinder Cutter Size Sizes * Lab Stoppers Stoppers 3” 3” x 2” 1 7/8” 1” - 4" 4” 4” x 2” 1 7/8” 1” 12" 4" 6” 6” x 2” 1 7/8” 1” 12" 4" 8” 8” x 2” 1 7/8” 1” 16" 6" 10” 10” x 2” 1 7/8” 2” 24" 8" 12” 12” x 2” 1 7/8” 2” 24" 8" * When tying into an existing plastic main and space is limited, the purge pipe may be ½”

9.0 LOW PRESSURE STOPPERS

9.1 Balloon and T-Handle stoppers are approved to stop-off all low pressure metallic mains. Stoppers S1, S2, S3, and S4 can be any combination of T-Handle or balloon. (See Attachments B & D)

9.2 Balloon stoppers are approved to stop-off all low pressure plastic mains. See Specification G-8178 for approved balloon stoppers and installation procedures.

9.3 All balloon and T-handle stoppers shall be installed in pairs, S1/S3 and S2/S4, with a purge pipe between the stoppers. Double stoppers with a purge pipe in

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 12 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

9.0 LOW PRESSURE STOPPERS (Continued)

between may be installed in the same tap hole. However, if it is impractical to install them or they do not hold, then each stopper must be installed in separate tap holes and a purge pipe must be installed in between each stopper pair S1/S3 and S2/S4. (See Attachments B & D)

9.4 Balloon stoppers shall be inflated to the proper pressure, as per manufacturer’s recommendations, and checked for leakage prior to use.

9.5 Table 4, Tap Hole Sizes for Balloon Stoppers

Size Tap Hole 2" ¾” 3" 1" 4" 1 ¼” 6" 1 ½” 8" 2" 10" 2" 12" 3”

9.6 After installation of T-Handle stoppers, reinforce with wooden wedges and duct seal.

10.0 PURGE PIPES

10.1 Purging equipment and purge pipes shall be electrically bonded to the metallic main or grounded as required. See Gas Specification G-8129, “Purging Gas Mains, Services, and Regulator Stations.”

10.2 Purge pipes may be PE plastic or metallic pipe or tubing.

A) PE plastic purge pipes shall be electrically grounded with the ASG kit in order to dissipate static charges. The outlet (top) of the purge pipe must be metallic and grounded.

B) Metallic purge pipes not threaded directly into the metallic main must be electrically bonded to the main prior to purging, using a #10 AWG bonding wire. The bonding wire shall be attached by thermit weld, clamp or magnetic connectors.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 13 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

10.0 PURGE PIPES (Continued)

10.3 Purge pipes must extend a minimum of 6 feet above the street grade.

10.4 For stopping low pressure plastic mains, ensure that the metallic purge pipe is not resting on the bottom of the plastic main.

10.5 For low pressure metallic mains, metallic purge pipes must have the bottom cut at a 45° angle when two (2) stoppers are installed in the same tap hole with the purge in between.

10.6 See Section 8.0, Tables 1, 2, and 3 for purge pipe sizes.

10.7 When a gas main or service is taken out of service, abandoned, replaced, reactivated, or installed, the gas main or service requires purging.

A) Mains and services 6" diameter and larger must be purged with inerts.

B) Mains and services 4" diameter and smaller may be purged with inerts or air. (See Gas Specification G-8129)

11.0 GROUNDING

11.1 Metallic Mains

A bonding cable (minimum size 10 gauge) shall be installed across all metallic cut-out/tie-in sections prior to making cut/tie-in.

A) The cable shall be attached by thermit weld, screw type clamps, or magnetic connectors.

B) The bonding cable shall be of sufficient length so that it remains attached until the cut-out section of pipe is removed from the excavation and the new section of main is installed.

11.2 PE Plastic Mains

Install ASG kits or wet rags/burlap from both sides of each plastic cut to the wetted soil in the excavation (not soil on a road surface). Ensure the ASG wrap,

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 14 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

11.0 GROUNDING (Continued)

rags, or burlap remains wet while in use. See Gas Specification G-8178 for the installation, operation and removal of squeeze-off units and the grounding requirements prior to, during, and after squeezing-off.

When squeezing-off plastic mains, 240 Volt, Class 0 gloves shall be worn during the installation, operation, and removal of the squeeze-off equipment. Use the squeeze-off manufacturer's recommended grounding equipment, and also use ASG kits or soapy wet rags/burlap to ground the entire length (except for the pipe surface to be squeezed) of exposed plastic pipe in the work area. When squeeze-off operation is complete, first remove the squeeze-off unit away from the pipe, then remove the grounding equipment.

11.3 Where a flammable gas/air mixture may exist, the pipe and hand and/or pneumatically/hydraulically powered tools shall always be grounded to dissipate any static electricity charges. (See Gas Specification G-8178)

12.0 EXTERNAL/INTERNAL CORROSION

12.1 Whenever an existing buried steel gas facility is exposed, the exposed portion must be examined for evidence of external corrosion if the pipe is bare or if the coating is deteriorated. If corrosion is found, a more detailed visual inspection shall then be made by an Operator Qualified individual. Notify Corrosion Control. Refer to Corporate Instruction CI- 920-1 “Gas Facilities- Clearances, Encroachments, Interference, and Corrosion.

12.2 Whenever any portion or section of an existing buried steel gas facility is removed for any reason, the internal surface must be visually inspected by an Operator Qualified individual and the observations shall be documented as per CI-920-1.

12.3 For additional information on external and internal corrosion control, refer to Gas Specification G-11814, “Procedure for Determining the Soundness of Steel Gas Distribution Piping.”

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 15 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

13.0 PIPE CUTTING AND WELDING

13.1 Welding shall be performed in accordance with Gas Specification G-1064, “Shielded Metal Arc Welding Requirements for Welding Steel Pipe and Fittings.”

13.2 Pipe Cutting

Metallic pipe shall be mechanically cut on LP, IP, MP, and HP jobs, unless field conditions preclude the use of a mechanical pipe cutter.

If, based on extenuating field conditions, a mechanical cutter cannot be used, torch cutting may be used only after installation of an inert barrier between the cut and the final stopping device.

13.3 Prior to welding or torch cutting

A) Visually inspect the live or previously abandoned gas pipe to ensure there is no solid debris/sludge. The inspection for solid debris/sludge may be made through tap holes, service tees, or open-ended pipe. (See Section 7.3) B) Purge any previously abandoned gas pipe with nitrogen (pipe 6” and larger) or air (pipe 4” and smaller). (See Gas Specification G-8129) C) Stop off the flow of gas using a valve, control fitting, line stoppers, or balloon/T-handle stoppers as appropriate for pipe material and line pressure. D) Because welding or cutting shall not be performed on pipe or pipe components that contain or have the potential to contain a combustible mixture of gas and air in the area of work, an inert barrier shall be installed. (See Attachments I and J) Requirements for installation and operation of the inert barrier are:

 1. The balloon or T-handle stoppers must be located a minimum of eight feet from the weld or torch cut area. If eight feet is not achievable, contact Gas Transmission Engineering for further evaluation. 2. If another type of stopping device is used in place of the balloon stoppers, maintain the manufacturer’s required minimum distance from the weld or torch area to prevent damage to the stopper.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 16 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

13.0 PIPE CUTTING AND WELDING (Continued)

3. Immediately prior to, and during welding or torch cutting, continuously inert from P3 to P2, and from P4 to P5 with nitrogen gas. E) Post warning signs where appropriate. 13.4 For distribution pipe (IP, MP, & HP Steel), install high hats on all plugs and caps. High hats are not required on Save-a-Valve nipples. (See Gas Drawing EO- 5261-C, “High Hats for Plugs and Nipples on 6" to 36" Diameter Steel Gas Mains”)

 13.5 When burning or welding near compression couplings to ensure that the pipe adjacent to the coupling does not get above 120°F (Use contact pyrometer).

13.6 All butt welds on distribution pipe greater than 2” nominal diameter crossing rivers, streams, viaducts, bridges, railroads, major highways, casing installations, in tunnels and regulator stations shall be 100% radiographic inspected (X-rayed). (See Gas Specification G-1070, “Radiographic Inspection of Pipeline Welds”)

14.0 FLOW TEST AND MAIN BYPASS

 14.1 One-Way Feed

A) When the gas maps indicate a one-way feed (radial/ stub main), a properly sized main bypass shall be used. Consult with Gas Distribution Engineering to determine the size of the bypass piping. No flow test is required.

B) A pressure gauge shall be installed directly on the main downstream of the bypass to monitor pressure.

C) Measure the anticipated insertion length of the stoppers to ensure that they do not block the bypass connection.

D) A main bypass is not required for radial main abandonments or main extensions.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 17 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

14.0 FLOW TEST AND MAIN BYPASS (Continued)

14.2 Flow Test for LP (≤ 12”) and IP, MP, or HP

NOTE: A written procedure and contingency plan is required for all cut-outs and tie-ins of IP, MP, and HP metallic or PE plastic gas mains, 4” and larger. (See Gas Specification IP-9)

A) When the Gas M&S plates and/or General Mains maps indicate a two-way feed (tied main), a main bypass shall be installed to perform the required flow test. If possible, install gauges (to monitor pressure) directly on the main (in addition to the gauges on the bypass).

B) An Operator Qualified supervisor shall be on location to witness the flow test.

C) The main bypass piping may only be eliminated after the flow test (performed the same day as the main cut-out/ tie-in) confirms that there is a two-way feed, adequate to maintain suitable pressure on both sides of the cut-out/tie-in.

NOTE: If possible, the main bypass (properly sized) should remain in service until the new pipe is tied in to reduce the risk of unintentional customer outages.

If the main bypass piping is removed, gauges G1 and G2 (see Attachments A, C, G, and K) must remain in place while work is being performed. Pressures shall be checked at gauges G1 and G2 after the re-installation of stopper S1. Pressures at gauges G1 and G2 shall also be periodically monitored throughout the main cut-out procedure.

 D) If the flow test indicates that there is a one way feed, main blockage or partial main blockage, then this condition shall be located and corrected or a properly-sized bypass installed after consultation between the on-site Operator Qualified supervisor and Gas Distribution Engineering before proceeding with the cut out. The flow test procedure shall then be repeated.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 18 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

14.0 FLOW TEST AND MAIN BYPASS (Continued)

14.3 Flow Test for LP Mains (≥ 16”) Note: See schematic in Attachments A & C for reference; however, bypass piping is not required.

NOTE: A written procedure and contingency plan is required for all cut-outs and tie-ins of LP metallic or PE plastic gas mains, 16” and larger. (See Gas Specification IP-9)

A) When the Gas M&S plates and General Mains maps indicate a two-way feed (tied main), the required flow test does not require a main bypass.

B) Install T-handle stopper S1 towards the weak side (if known) and monitor gauges G1 and G2. If the pressure drops on either gauge G1 or G2, quickly remove stopper S1 and investigate for a one-way feed or blocked main.

C) If there is adequate pressure at both gauges G1 and G2, open the valve on purge pipe P1 to reduce reading at G1 to no lower than 4” WC and maintain for 10 seconds.

D) Close the valve on purge pipe P1 and check gauge G1 for pressure recovery.

1. If pressure at gauge G1 is slow to recover, then there is either a one-way feed or a blocked main. Remove stopper S1 and investigate.

2. If pressure at gauge G1 recovers quickly, then repeat this test two (2) additional times.

E) If there is adequate pressure at both gauges G1 and G2, install stopper S2 and monitor gauges G1 and G2.

F) Open the valve on purge pipe P2 and reduce reading at gauge G2 to no lower than 4” WC and maintain for 10 seconds.

G) Close the valve on purge pipe P2 and check gauge G2 for pressure recovery.

1. If pressure at gauge G2 is slow to recover, then there is either a one-way feed or a blocked main. Removes stoppers S1 and S2, and investigate.

2. If pressure at gauge G2 recovers quickly, then repeat this test two (2) additional times. EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 19 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

14.0 FLOW TEST AND MAIN BYPASS (Continued)

14.4 Bypass piping

A) A supervisor shall be responsible to ensure that the bypass piping is large enough to supply gas to all customers on that main. The supervisor may consult with Gas Distribution Engineering to determine the size of the bypass piping. The planner or manager may also consult with Gas Control to elevate outlet pressures of surrounding regulators if main bypasses do not maintain adequate downstream pressure (i.e., radial low pressure mains).

B) Standpipes may be plastic or metallic.

1. Plastic standpipes shall be electrically grounded with the ASG kit (Class & Stock # 025-2569) in order to dissipate static charges. The outlet (top) of the purge pipe must be metallic and grounded.

2. Metallic standpipes not threaded directly into the metallic main must be electrically bonded to the main prior to purging, using a #10 AWG bonding wire. The bonding wire shall be attached by thermit weld, clamp or magnetic connectors.

C) Standpipes must extend a minimum of six feet (6’) above the street grade.

D) The horizontal bypass piping (between the standpipes may utilize metallic pipe, prefabricated flexible bypass hose, or PE plastic pipe. Above grade PE plastic is permitted due to the temporary nature of the bypass and because it is monitored during the course of the job.

NOTE: Bypass piping of all types shall be protected from external damage (e.g. vehicle traffic, excavation equipment, dropped tools, heat, and fire).

E) The integrity of a flexible bypass hose shall be tested at line pressure prior to use, and then soap tested at the tie in points. It is also required that: 1. The flexible bypass hose is placed directly on the ground surface, and connected to the metallic bypass piping from the excavation at a point outside of the excavation that is a minimum of two feet (2’) back from the edge of the excavation; (See Attachment P)

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 20 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

14.0 FLOW TEST AND MAIN BYPASS (Continued)

AND

2. The outlet (where the gas will be blown off) of the standpipes must extend a minimum of six feet (6’) above street level. If both of the above conditions are met, then wrap with ASG kits or wet rags/burlap and ground the flexible plastic bypass hose from the steel nipple to the point where the hose is 2 feet back from the edge of the excavation. This shall be done at each standpipe connection. (See Attachment P) If both of the above conditions are not met, then the entire length of the flexible plastic bypass hose shall be wrapped with ASG kits or wet rags/burlap and grounded at each end of the excavation to dissipate static electricity charges.

NOTE: If plastic pipe is used for the horizontal piping between the standpipes, then it shall also be wrapped and grounded as detailed above.

If steel pipe is used as a bypass it does not require grounding if it is in electrical contact with the metallic gas main.

F) Standpipe connections to 8” diameter and smaller cast iron mains must be reinforced with a strap saddle.

NOTE: If the strap saddle is insulated from the gas main, then the stand pipes shall be bonded to the main. Metallic fittings must be cathodically protected per requirements of Gas Specification G-8205 prior to backfill.

15.0 LOW PRESSURE CUT-OUTS OF EXISTING PE PLASTIC/METALLIC MAINS

15.1 Flow Test (Section 14.0 and Attachment C, references the steps below) Note: Attachment A is an example of an acceptable alternative method

1) Tap required holes on metallic main. Install, tap, and pressure test plastic tapping tees. (See Section 4.2)

Install bonding cable across point of metallic cut. Install ASG kits/ wet rags/ burlap on both sides each plastic cut. (See Section 11.0) EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 21 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

15.0 LOW PRESSURE CUT-OUTS OF EXISTING PE PLASTIC/METALLIC MAINS (Continued)

2) Remove completion cap and cutter-coupon assembly from bypass plastic tapping tee(s). Install bypass piping with all valves in closed position. (See Section 14.0)

3) Purge the bypass. When bypass purge is completed, close valves V2 and V5. Leave valves V1, V3, and V4 in the open position.

4) Check pressure at gauges G1 and G2.

5) Install stopper S1 towards the weak side (as determined by review of M&S Plate). Check pressures at gauges G1 and G2.

A) If the pressure drops on either gauge, remove stopper S1 and investigate for a one-way feed or blocked main. (See Section 14.0)

B) If the pressure does not drop, then continue.

6) Slowly close bypass valve V3. Check G1 and G2 for at least 15 minutes (longer if determined to be necessary), to ensure that there is no one-way feed or blocked main.

A) If the pressure drops on either gauge, open bypass valve V3, remove stopper S1 and investigate for one-way feed or blocked main. (See Section 14.0)

B) If the pressure does not drop, then continue.

7) Open valve V2 to reduce reading at G1 to no lower than 4” WC and maintain for 10 seconds.

NOTE: Also check G2. If pressure fluctuation is noted at G2, then stopper S1 is not set properly. Immediately close V2, open bypass valve V3, then reset stopper S1 and repeat steps 5, 6 and 7.

8) Close V2 and check G1 for pressure recovery.

A) If pressure at G1 is slow to recover, then there is either a one-way feed or a blocked main. Open bypass valve V3, remove stopper S1 and investigate. (See Section 14.0)

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 22 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

15.0 LOW PRESSURE CUT-OUTS OF EXISTING PE PLASTIC/METALLIC MAINS (Continued)

B) If pressure at G1 recovers quickly, then repeat this test two (2) additional times.

9) Open valve V5 to reduce reading at G2 to no lower than 4” WC and maintain for 10 seconds.

10) Close V5 and check G2 for pressure recovery.

A) If pressure at G2 is slow to recover, then there is either a one-way feed or a blocked main. Open bypass valve V3, remove stopper S1 and investigate. (See Section 14.0)

B) If pressure at G2 recovers quickly, then repeat this test two (2) additional times.

15.2 Main Cut-Out (Attachments D, references the steps below) Note: Attachment B is an example of an acceptable alternative method

11) If flow test determines a bypass is not needed:

A) The main bypass should remain in service until the new pipe is tied in, whenever possible. If the bypass is removed, then Gauges G1 and G2 MUST remain in place and observed while work is being performed. (Section 14.0)

B) If bypass is needed, open bypass valve V3 and re-install stopper S1.

12) Install stopper S2.

13) Check pressures at G1 and G2.

 14) Remove completion caps and cutter-coupon assembly from purge pipe plastic tapping tee(s). Install purge pipes P3 and P4 and purge/inert from P3 to P4. Check for 3% gas or less at P4 (note the time it takes to purge to 3% gas or less).

15) Temporarily remove P3 and P4 (if in same tap holes as S1 and S2), install stoppers S3 and S4, and reinstall purge pipes P3 and P4. Wedge and duct seal T-handle stoppers.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 23 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

15.0 LOW PRESSURE CUT-OUTS OF EXISTING PE PLASTIC/METALLIC MAINS (Continued)

16) Make cuts at A and B.

A) Metallic pipe shall be cut in accordance with Section 13.2 of this specification.

B) Assure that the bonding cable (Section 11.0) is in place and intact before cutting and removing the pipe.

15.3 Main Tie-In (Attachment D, references the steps below) Note: Attachment B is an example of an acceptable alternative method

17) Install new main as required.

A) New pipe must be pressure tested prior to installation. (See Gas Specification G-8204)

B) Check insulating joints (IJ) for continuity.

C) If tie-in joints are welded, requirements of Section 13.0 shall be followed.

18) Temporarily remove purge pipes P3 and P4 (if in same tap hole as S3 and S4), remove stoppers S3 and S4 (if in separate tap holes, install plug in metallic main and/or install cutter coupon assembly and completion cap for tapping tee(s) on plastic main).

 19) Reinstall purge pipes P3 and P4 and purge/inert from P3 to P4 for the time noted in Step 14. Check for 3% gas or less at P4.

20) Remove purge pipe P4 (and install plug if separate tap hole) and crack/partially release air from stopper S2 (supply side, as determined by review of the M&S Plate) and gas new main into service, check for 100% gas at P3.

21) Remove purge pipe P3. If separate tap hole, install plug on metallic main or install cutter-coupon assembly and completion cap for tapping tee on plastic main. Remove stopper S2 and install plug on metallic main or install cutter-coupon assembly and completion cap for tapping tee on plastic main.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 24 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

15.0 LOW PRESSURE CUT-OUTS OF EXISTING PE PLASTIC/ METALLIC MAINS (Continued)

22) Each tie-in joint/weld used to tie in the tested segment of distribution main shall be leak tested with leak detecting solution after the distribution main has been gassed-in and the line pressure has been achieved.

23) Remove stopper S1, bypass piping, install plugs, and soap test same. Remove bonding cable.

24) Verify that all valves operated as part of the cut-out or installed new are left in the proper position. Whenever a main valve is installed or operated, a Gas Valve Report shall be prepared and sent to Gas Distribution Engineering-Maps and Records. (See Specification G-11816)

16.0 INTERMEDIATE, MEDIUM, OR HIGH PRESSURE CUT-OUTS OF EXISTING PLASTIC/ METALLIC MAINS

16.1 Flow Test (Section 14.0 and Attachment K, references the steps below) Note: Attachment G is an example of an acceptable alternative method

1) On the metallic main, install, pressure test, and tap all control fittings and save-a-valve nipples required for the flow test and main cut-out. (See Section 4.2 for pressure testing requirements). Install bonding cable.

On the PE plastic main, install, pressure test, and tap PE tapping tees required for the flow test and main cut-out. (See Section 4.2 for pressure testing requirements). Leave all cutter-coupon assemblies in down (off) position (V4 and V6). Install ASG kits/ wet rags/ burlap on both sides of each plastic cut and grounding kits for squeeze-off unit(s).

NOTE: Stop-off locations A and B may be either a stopper in a control fitting (for metallic mains) or a squeeze-off unit (for plastic mains).

2) Install bypass piping with all valves (V1, V2, V3, and V5) in closed position. Raise the cutter-coupon assemblies on the bypass piping PE tapping tee (V4) to the up (open) position.

3) Purge the bypass. When the bypass purge is completed, close valves V2 and V5. Leave valves V1 and V3 in the open position and leave cutter- coupon assembly V4 in the up (open) position.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 25 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

4) Check pressure at gauges G1 and G2. Note pressures and calculate 25% of the gauge reading to be used in step 7.

5) Insert stopper S1 at control fitting (CF) A. Check pressures at gauges G1 and G2.

A) If the pressure drops on either gauge, remove stopper S1 from control fitting A. Investigate for a one-way feed or blocked main. (See Section 14.0)

B) If the pressure does not drop, then continue.

6) Slowly close bypass valve V3. Check gauges G1 and G2 for as long as necessary, to ensure that there is no one-way feed or blocked main.

A) If pressure drops on either gauge, open bypass valve V3 and remove stopper S1 from control fitting A. Investigate for one-way feed or blocked main. (See Section 14.0)

B) If the pressure does not drop, then continue.

7) Open valve V2 for ten (10) seconds while reducing pressure reading at gauge G1 by 20 psi or 25% of gauge reading from step #4 (whichever is less).

For example, 25% of 60 psig = 15 psi 15 psi < 20 psi

Therefore, for 60 psig, you shall only reduce pressure by 15 psi.

8) Check gauge G2. If the pressure fluctuates at gauge G2, then stopper S1 at control fitting A is not set properly. Immediately close valve V2, open bypass valve V3, then reset stopper S1 at control fitting A and repeat steps 5, 6 and 7.

9) Close valve V2 and check gauge G1 for pressure recovery.

A) If pressure at gauge G1 is slow to recover, then there is either a one-way feed or a blocked main. Open bypass valve V3, remove stopper S1 from control fitting A. Investigate for one-way feed or blocked main. (See Section 14.0)

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 26 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

16.0 INTERMEDIATE, MEDIUM, OR HIGH PRESSURE CUT-OUTS OF EXISTING PLASTIC/ METALLIC MAINS (Continued)

B) If pressure at gauge G1 recovers quickly, then repeat this test two (2) additional times.

10) Open valve V5 for ten (10) seconds while reducing pressure reading at gauge G2 by 20 psi or 25% of gauge reading from step 4 (whichever is less).

11) Close valve V5 and check gauge G2 for pressure recovery.

A) If pressure at gauge G2 is slow to recover, then there is either a one-way feed or a blocked main. Open bypass valve V3, remove stopper from control fitting A or open squeeze-off unit A. Investigate for one-way feed or blocked main. (See Section 14.0)

B) If pressure at gauge G2 recovers quickly, then repeat this test two (2) additional times.

16.2 Main Cut-Out (Attachment L, references the steps below) Note: Attachment H is an example of an acceptable alternative method

12) If flow test determines a bypass is not needed, remove bypass piping. Gauges G1 and G2 MUST remain in place and observed while work is being performed. (Section 14.0)

If flow test determines a bypass is needed, open bypass valve V3 and re- install stopper S1 at control fitting A.

13) Install and operate squeeze-off unit B for PE plastic mains as per Gas Specification G-8178.

14) Check pressures at gauges G1 and G2.

 15) Install purge pipes P3 and P4. Open valves V7 and V8, and raise coupon- cutter assembly V6 to up (open) position. Bleed off pressure between A (stopper S1 at control fitting A or squeeze-off unit A) and B (stopper S2 at control fitting B or squeeze-off unit B through P4 and verify shutdown. Purge/inert from P3 to P4. Check for 3% gas or less at P4 and note the time required to get to 3% gas or less at P4.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 27 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

16.0 INTERMEDIATE, MEDIUM, OR HIGH PRESSURE CUT-OUTS OF EXISTING PLASTIC/ METALLIC MAINS(Continued)

16) Make cuts at C and D. (See Section 11.0 for grounding requirements prior to cutting metallic and/or plastic pipe). Remove ASG kit/ wet rags/ burlap from cut section of plastic pipe only. Remove cut-out section, then remove bonding cable at cut C.

16.3 Main Tie-In (Attachments L, references the steps below) Note: Attachment H is an example of an acceptable alternative method

17) Install new piping as required.

A) New pipe must be pressure tested prior to installation (See Gas Specification G-8204)

B) See Section 13.0 if welding is used to make the tie- in joints.

 18) Purge/inert from P3 to P4 for the time noted in Step 15. Check for 3% gas or less at P2. Lower cutter-coupon assembly V6 into down (off) position.

19) Purge main in to service by slowly releasing squeeze-off B until gas begins to escape from P3. Check for 100% gas at P3. Close valve V7 on P3.

20) After pressure equalizes, fully open squeeze-off B. Soap test each tie-in joint and exposed fittings.

21) Remove stopper S1 from control fitting A and remove squeeze-off B per Gas Specification G-8178. Remove bypass piping and purge pipes. On the metallic main, install completion plugs with caps on all control fittings and save-a-valve nipples. On the plastic main, install completion caps on top and outlet of tapping tees.

22) At the squeeze-off point, soap test the entire circumference of the plastic pipe and document this test. Install and mark date tape (Class & Stock # 024-5241) at the point of the squeeze-off.

 23) Verify that all valves operated as part of the cut-out or installed new are left in the proper position. Whenever a main valve is installed abandoned, repaired, or operated, a Gas Valve Report shall be prepared and sent to Gas Distribution Engineering-Maps and Records. (See Specification G- 11816)

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 28 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

17.0 TIE-IN TO AN EXISTING LIVE PLASTIC MAIN THAT HAS A MAIN VALVE AND DOWNSTREAM EXTENSION ARM (See Attachment O)

17.1 Verify that the main valve is in the closed position.

17.2 Install a plastic tapping tee (if one does not already exist) downstream of the valve on the downstream extension arm. (See Section 4.2 for pressure testing requirements)

17.3 Install grounded purge pipe to tapping tee.

17.4 Release any gas pressure in section of main downstream of the valve and verify effective shutdown of the main valve.

17.5 If valve shutdown is effective, proceed with removal of dead-end cap, purging, and tie-in of new main as required.

17.6 If valve shutdown is not effective, install a directional stopper toward dead-end cap with purge open toward valve to ensure that there is no gas pressure build- up behind stopper. Proceed with removal of dead-end cap, purging and tie-in of new main as required.

17.7 Prepare a Gas Valve Report and send to Gas Distribution Engineering- Maps and Records. (See Gas Specification G-11816)

18.0 EXTINGUISHING LOW PRESSURE GAS MAIN FIRES (See Attachment Q)

1) Excavate fire banks and expose main in accordance with Attachment Q. Refer to Gas M&S plates to determine locations of existing tap holes, bag holes, or services that may be used to expedite stopping off the gas.

NOTE: For a fire on a coal tar wrapped main and/or service or if the M&S plate designates the inside of the pipe to be contaminated with PCB’s (i.e., Auto Seal), immediately notify all on site emergency response departments and Con Edison’s Central Information Group (CIG) of suspected PCB contamination.

Follow Gas Operations EH&S Instruction GAS0024, “Response to Fires or Smoking Conditions Where the Subsurface Structure has Suspected Levels of PCB’s” and Gas Specification IP-42.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 29 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

18.0 EXTINGUISHING LOW PRESSURE GAS MAIN FIRES (Continued)

2) Tap stopper holes at locations A and B.

3) The first set of stoppers, S1 and S2, shall be installed simultaneously and facing the fire. They may be either T-Handle or balloon type.

4) The second set of stoppers, S3 and S4, shall be installed facing the flow of gas. They may be either T-Handle or balloon type. Install grounded purge pipes P1 and P2.

5) If impractical to install double stoppers and a grounded purge pipe in the same tap hole at locations A and B, install S1 and S2 only at A and B as per Step 3. Install stoppers S3 and S4 in separate tap holes at locations A and B and install purge P1 between S1 and S3 and purge P2 between S2 and S4.

19.0 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORD OF WORK

A) Prepare and submit an as-constructed/emergency sketch (e.g. one-line sketch or red-lined layout) and associated paperwork necessary for mapping for all installations, replacements, or abandonments of gas mains and services as per CI-940-1 “Processing Gas Mapping Information.”

 B) The group responsible for performing the written procedure shall ensure that the signed field copy of the completed procedure is scanned into ProjectWise (See IP-9).

 20.0 RECORDS RETENTION

Any records generated in the course of performing work in accordance with this specification shall be maintained as required by Corporate Instruction CI-870-1 “Records Management”. Guidance on the retention of Company Gas Operations records can also be found on the Records Management intranet site.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 30 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

21.0 REFERENCES

CI-870-1 Records Management

CI-920-1 Gas Facilities- Clearances, Encroachments, Interference, and Corrosion

CI-940-1 Processing Gas Mapping Information

IP-9 Requirements for Written Procedures and Contingency Plans

IP-20 Installation of Mechanical Fittings for Plastic Pipe and Tubing

IP-27 Installation of Electrofusion Fittings on Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Molded Fittings Using a Universal Electrofusion Processor

IP-42 Requirements for Airline Respirator (ALR), Flame Retardant Coveralls (FRC), Harness and Line (H&L), and Harness and Gantry (H/G)

EO-5261-C High Hats for Plugs and Nipples on 6" to 36" Diameter Steel Gas Mains

EO-14837-B Installation of Direct Buried Polyethylene Gas Mains

G-1064 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Procedures for Welding Steel Pipe and Fittings

G-1065 Qualification of Welders and Welding Procedures

G-1070 Radiographic Inspection of Pipeline Welds

G-8003 Transportation, Handling and Storage of Steel Pipe For Gas Mains and Services

G-8005 General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Mains

G-8121 Qualification of Installers Joining Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing And Fittings for Gas Mains And Services

G-8122 Inspection, Handling, Storage, and Transportation of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 31 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

21.0 REFERENCES (Continued)

G-8123 Heat Fusion Joining Of Polyethylene Plastic Pipe And Fittings For Gas Mains And Services

G-8129 Purging Gas Mains, Services and Regulator Stations

G-8149 Responsibility for Maintenance and Replacement of Gas Services

G-8153 Reinforcing Compression Fittings

G-8178 Shut-Off of Polyethylene Plastic Pipe/Tubing Used for Gas Mains and Services

G-8204 Pressure Testing Requirements Gas Mains and Services

G-8205 Corrosion Control of Buried Steel Gas Mains and Services

G-11814 Procedure for Determining the Soundness of Steel Gas Distribution Piping

G-11816 Gas Valve Records

G-11863 Inspection and Assessment Requirements Associated With Excavation Activities Near Gas Pipelines and Other Hazardous Conditions, for Pipelines Operating at 125 PSIG and Above

GEHSI E05.11 Excavated Soils on Property Not Company Owned

GAS0024 Response to Fires or Smoking Conditions Where the Subsurface Structure has Suspected Levels of PCB’s

GAS0025 Handling Autoseal in Gas Pipes

GAS0027 Handling Gas Services Containing Epi-Seal

GEHSI E02.10 Valve Test Boxes

GEHSI E06.07 Gas Drip Water

GEHSI E06.11 Liquids and Solids During Main Cut-Outs

AMM, Ch. 6, Coal Tar Wrap Removal – Gas, Electric, and Fuel Oil Section 6.04

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 32 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: CUT-OUTS AND TIE-INS OF EXISTING GAS MAINS

 22.0 ATTACHMENTS

Attachment A - Low Pressure Main Flow Test (Metallic Main)

 Attachment B - Low Pressure Main Cut-Out & Tie-In (Metallic Main)

Attachment C - Low Pressure Main Flow Test (Plastic or Metallic Main)

 Attachment D - Low Pressure Main Cut-Out & Tie-In (Plastic or Metallic Main)

Attachment E - Bypass/ Flow Test Standpipe for LP Plastic Main Cutout

Attachment F - Purge Pipe for LP Plastic Main Cutout

 Attachment G - Intermediate, Medium, or High Pressure Flow Test (Metallic Main)

 Attachment H - Intermediate, Medium, or High Pressure Main Cut-Out and Tie-In (Metallic Main)

 Attachment I - Intermediate, Medium, & High Pressure Steel Main Cut-Out Utilizing Welding

 Attachment J Intermediate, Medium, & High Pressure Steel Main Cut-Out Utilizing Welding (Alternate Method)

 Attachment K - Intermediate, Medium, or High Pressure Flow Test (Plastic or Metallic Main)

 Attachment L - Intermediate, Medium, or High Pressure Main Cut-Out and Tie-In (Plastic or Metallic Main)

Attachment M - Bypass/ Flow Test Standpipe for HP Plastic Main Cutout

Attachment N - Purge Pipe for HP Plastic Main Cutout

Attachment O - Tie-In To an Existing Live Plastic Main That Has a Valve and Downstream Extension Arm

Attachment P - Plastic Flexible Bypass Hose Grounding Requirements

Attachment Q - Extinguishing Low Pressure Gas Main Fires

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 33 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 33 IP-7-12b 10/30/17 O&M Manual PAGES

ATTACHMENT A

IP-7-12b  ATTACHMENT B

IP-7-12b ATTACHMENT C

IP-7-12b  ATTACHMENT D

IP-7-12b ATTACHMENT E

Bypass/Flow Test Standpipe for LP Plastic Main Cutout

PE/Steel Transition Fitting

2” PE Valve 2” PE Valve

2” PE 3 Way Tee

B cock with U gauge drilled and tapped into plastic standpipe 2” PE Pipe

2” PE Valve 2” PE Valve

3” x 2” PE Reducer

2” PE Completion Cap

2” PE Tee Fused to Main To Ground

Butt Fuse

IP-7-12b ATTACHMENT F

IP-7-12b  ATTACHMENT G

IP-7-12b  ATTACHMENT H

IP-7-12b  ATTACHMENT I

IP-7-12b  ATTACHMENT J

IP-7-12b  ATTACHMENT K

IP-7-12b  ATTACHMENT L

IP-7-12b ATTACHMENT M

IP-7-12b ATTACHMENT N

IP-7-12b ATTACHMENT O

IP-7-12b ATTACHMENT P

IP-7-12b ATTACHMENT Q

IP-7-12b

LAST REVIEW DATE: 12/7/17 REVIEW CYCLE: 5 Years EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18

SPECIFICATION: IP-20-9a

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL FITTINGS FOR POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE AND TUBING

VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10 and Yellow Book

COURSE ID: GAS0099

CORE GROUPS: Gas Construction

TARGET AUDIENCE Gas Construction, Emergency Response Force (ERF), Gas Development Lab, Construction, Per Diem, and Gas Contractors

REV 9a (4-9-18)

Section 4.1 & 4.3: Updated Company approved markers. Section 4.4: Updated section to reference GAS6006 for marking PE joints. Section 9.0: Added new Records section. Renumbered subsequent sections.

REVISIONS: (See )

1) Table of Contents, - Changed “Peer” to “Second”. Section 4.0

2) Section 3.2 (A) - Changed “Peer” to “Second”.

3) Section 4.0 - Changed “Peer” to “Second”.

4) Section 4.2 - Changed “Peer” to “Second”. Added exception for service head adapters and basement tees.

5) Section 4.3 - Changed “Peer” to “Second” and defined “P” as “Pass”.

6) Section 4.4 - Changed “Peer” to “Second”.

IP-20-9a Gas Operations Standards

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL FITTINGS

FOR POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE

AND TUBING

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

1.0 SCOPE 2

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 2

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION 2

 4.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLERS AND SECOND 3 INSPECTORS

5.0 QUALIFICATION OF MECHANICAL JOINING 4 PROCEDURES

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 4

7.0 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 5

8.0 APPROVED MECHANICAL FITTINGS FOR PE PLASTIC 7 PIPE AND TUBING

 9.0 RECORDS 8

10.0 REFERENCES 8

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 EH&S REVIEW BY: J. Fox OPERATIONS REVIEW BY: R. McGrath (Gas Constr.) APPROVED DATE VOLUME: AUTHOR: PAGE 1 BY: APPROVED: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 Tomas Hernandez Construction Standards OF 8 Mark Baldovin Chief Gas Engineer 12/7/17 and O&M Manual PAGES Gas Distribution Engineering

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL FITTINGS FOR

POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE AND TUBING

1.0 SCOPE

This specification details the requirements for the installation of approved mechanical fittings on polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe and tubing.

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

Federal: 49 CFR Part 192, Sections 281, 283, 285, and Sub Part N (Operator Qualification)

State: 16 NYCRR Part 255, Sections 281, 283, 284, and 604

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION

3.1 Installers of PE Plastic Pipe

A) Installers who tap an energized pipeline, weld steel, and join PE plastic pipe by heat fusion (butt fusion or branch saddle fusion), electrofusion, or with mechanical fittings shall be Operator Qualified.

All other “covered tasks” shall be completed by either Operator Qualified individuals or individuals under the direct observation of one who is Operator Qualified. “Direct observation” means that the Operator Qualified individual remains in direct visual and verbal contact at all times with the individual performing the task.

B) Installers who join PE plastic pipe/tubing with mechanical fittings, heat fusion (butt fusion and branch saddle fusion) and electrofusion shall be Operator Qualified and in compliance with the annual requalification requirements of Gas Specification G-8121, “Qualification of Installers Joining Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services.”

C) All mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the installation procedures outlined in this specification and the manufacturer’s installation procedures.

D) All heat fusion joints must be fabricated in accordance with the fusion procedures outlined in Gas Specification G-8123, “Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services.”

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 2 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 8 IP-20-9a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL FITTINGS FOR

POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE AND TUBING

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION (Continued)

E) All electrofusion joints must be installed in accordance with the electrofusion procedures outlined in Gas Specification IP-27, “Installation of Electofusion Fittings on PE Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Molded Fittings Using a Universal Electrofusion Processor.”

3.2 Second Inspectors of PE Plastic Joints

 A) Second inspectors who inspect PE plastic pipe joints (heat fusion, electrofusion, or with mechanical fittings) shall be Operator Qualified and in compliance with the annual requalification stipulated in Gas Specification G-8121 OR Operator Qualified to visually inspect PE plastic joints (Covered Task 52H.E or equivalent) and current with 3 year requalification.

 4.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLERS AND SECOND INSPECTORS

 4.1 All installers (Company, Contractor, Per Diem) who join PE plastic pipe or tubing with mechanical fittings shall identify the installer by marking the mechanical fitting or plastic pipe/tubing adjacent to the mechanical fitting at 12 o'clock (or as close to 12 o'clock as is possible) with a Company approved marker (e.g. PX-20 White Paint Marker (C/S # 024-7106) or Silver Sharpie).

A) Company installers shall clearly print “J” for joiner AND their 5 digit employee number.

B) Contractor and Per Diem installers shall clearly print “J” for joiner AND their respective NGA Industrial Training Service (ITS) Operator Qualification identification number.

 4.2 After installing the mechanical fitting, the Operator Qualified installer AND the Operator Qualified second inspector shall visually inspect the mechanical joint (except for service head adapters and basement tees) around the entire circumference of the fitting and compare against manufacturers’ recommended appearance guidelines.

Mechanical fittings shall have the same appearance as a joint or photographs of a joint that is acceptable per Section 7.0 of this specification and the manufacturer’s installation guidelines.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 3 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 8 IP-20-9a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL FITTINGS FOR

POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE AND TUBING

4.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLERS AND SECOND INSPECTORS (Continued)

 4.3 All second inspectors (Company, Contractor, Per Diem) of mechanical joints on PE plastic pipe and tubing shall identify the inspector by marking the mechanical fitting or plastic pipe/tubing adjacent to the mechanical fitting at 12 o'clock (or as close to 12 o'clock as is possible) with a Company approved marker (e.g. PX-20 White Paint Marker (C/S # 024-7106) or Silver Sharpie).

A) Company second inspectors shall clearly print “P” for second inspector, CE (for Con Edison), AND their 5 digit employee number.

B) Contractor and Per Diem second inspectors shall clearly print “P” for ”Pass” AND their respective Learning Center Operator Qualification identification number (as noted on Con Edison Operator Qualification card) or NGA ITS Operator Qualification identification number.

 4.4 All PE plastic joints, joiners, and second inspectors shall be marked and documented as per DOJT GAS6006, “Documentation and Inspection of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Joints on Gas Mains and Services.”

5.0 QUALIFICATION OF MECHANICAL JOINING PROCEDURES

 NGA Plastic Pipe Joining Manual

 GT-14-048-2 Procedure for Qualifying Mechanical Plastic Pipe Joints

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

6.1 The preferred methods to join PE plastic pipe and tubing are butt fusion and electrofusion. (See Gas Specifications IP-27 and G-8123)

Mechanical fittings may be installed when:

 butt fusion or electrofusion are not practical or available,

 butt fusion is not permitted due to existing reduced PE plastic pipe wall thickness (e.g. SDR 23.5). (See Section 7.6,Table 1)

6.2 All steel mechanical fittings shall be cathodically protected per Gas Specification G-8209, “Field Coating of Steel Pipe and Fittings Installed Underground and in Subsurface Structures.”

NOTE: If the backfilling of the steel fitting(s) is not performed the same day as the installation of the steel fitting(s), then the cathodic protection of the steel fitting(s) shall be rechecked prior to backfilling.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 4 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 8 IP-20-9a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL FITTINGS FOR

POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE AND TUBING

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

6.3 All scrap PE plastic pipe, tubing, and/or fittings that cannot be reused, shall be brought back to the workout location for proper disposal/recycling.

7.0 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

7.1 Each individual manufacturer’s installation procedure is to be completely and thoroughly followed. All mechanical fittings are required to be “individually packaged” with the fitting’s proper installation procedure included.

7.2 With the exception of MetFit fittings, mechanical fittings cannot be installed directly onto a plastic molded fitting without pup lengths of PE plastic pipe or tubing.

Install and inspect MetFit mechanical fittings as per manufacturer’s procedures. Molded fittings shall not be altered in order to utilize MetFit fittings. PE plastic molded fittings without pup lengths can only be joined to PE plastic pipe, tubing and other molded fittings by butt fusion, electrofusion, or MetFit fittings. (See Gas Specification G-8104, “Polyethylene Pipe, Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services” for approved fittings with pup lengths of PE plastic pipe or tubing). (See G-100,285 for approved MetFit fittings).

7.3 Inspect PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings prior to installation to verify:

 The sealing area of the PE plastic pipe/tubing and the fittings is free of any deep scratches, gouges, grooves, dirt, debris, or other defects.

 New PE plastic material is high density polyethylene (HDPE), PE3408/4710, and manufactured per ASTM D2513.

 New PE plastic material is NOT older than 10 years old.

(See Gas Specification G-8122, "Transportation, Handling, and Storage of Polyethylene Plastic Pipe/Tubing, and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services")

7.4 For PE plastic tubing in CTS sizes, verify that the stiffener(s) is marked 0.090” WT (wall thickness). Verify that the fitting is properly sized by checking that the label or markings on the fitting is for the same dimensions (OD = outside diameter, WT, or SDR = standard dimension ratio) found on the print line of the PE plastic pipe. See Gas Specification G-100,291, “Adapters and Stiffeners” for approved rigid internal tubular stiffeners.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 5 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 8 IP-20-9a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL FITTINGS FOR

POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE AND TUBING

7.0 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

7.5 For PE plastic pipe in IPS sizes, verify that the SDR marked on the print line of the PE plastic pipe(s) corresponds to the SDR marking on the stiffener(s). See Gas Specification G-100,291 for approved rigid internal tubular stiffeners.

7.6 Table 1, Approved Joining Methods for PE Plastic Pipe/Tubing (Note: this table does not apply to valves and other fittings)

PE Plastic Distribution Heat Mechanical SDR Vintage Electrofusion Pipe Pressure * Fusion Joints YES, 0.5” CTS 7 All IP, MP, HP YES YES stiffener = 0.090” WT LP, IP, MP, YES, 1”-1.25” CTS All HP (1” ≤ 89 psi) YES YES stiffener = 0.090” WT HP (1.25” ≤ 71 psi) 1” – 8”, YES, 11 All LP, IP, MP, HP YES YES 12” IPS stiffener = black YES, 1”-4” IPS 9.3 Pre-1990 LP, IP, MP, HP YES YES stiffener = blue Up to 4”IPS LP, IP, MP, 9.3 1970’s NO YES NO Aldyl-A HP (≤ 80 psi) YES, reduce 2000’s 26 LP NO electrofusion cycle NO (Subcoil) time by 15% YES, reduce YES, 6” IPS 23.5 1970’s LP, IP, MP NO electrofusion cycle stiffener = orange time by 10% YES, reduce 6” IPS 26 1970’s LP, IP, MP NO electrofusion cycle NO time by 15% ONLY as sleeve for 6” IPS 26 LP, IP, MP, HP YES YES NO Trenchless Technology YES, reduce 6” IPS 32.5 1970’s LP, IP, MP NO electrofusion cycle NO time by 25% YES, reduce 22.5” IPS 23.5 2000’s HP NO electrofusion cycle NO Subline time by 10%

* LP = low pressure, IP = intermediate pressure, MP = medium pressure, HP = high pressure

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 6 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 8 IP-20-9a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL FITTINGS FOR

POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE AND TUBING

7.0 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

7.7 Check pipe for out-of-round. Use a re-rounding clamp or other devise to bring the pipe back to round.

7.8 “Measure and mark” for proper stab depth must be performed when required by the manufacturer’s installation procedure.

7.9 The proper chamfer tool must be used for mechanical fittings that require the PE plastic pipe/tubing to be chamfered so the internal seals are not affected when the pipe/tubing is stabbed into the fitting.

7.10 A torque wrench must be used when the manufacturer’s installation procedure requires a specific torque (ft-lbs) to tighten the fitting.

7.11 See Gas Specification G-8100, “General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Services,” Appendices H-1 and H-2 for the installation requirements for molded threaded brass base service tee.

7.12 PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings shall be installed so as to minimize shear or tensile stresses. Care shall be taken to prevent kinking and buckling.

8.0 APPROVED MECHANICAL FITTINGS FOR PE PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING

8.1 Only restraining-type mechanical fittings approved by the Development Lab and included in the following Volume 6, Purchase and Test, specifications shall be installed on PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings with pup lengths of PE plastic pipe or tubing:

 G-100,285, “Compression End Coupling ,Tees, Elbows, Line Caps and Riser Tees for Gas Pipe & Tubing”

 G-100,291, “Adapters and Stiffeners”

 G-8104, “Polyethylene Pipe, Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services”

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 7 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 8 IP-20-9a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL FITTINGS FOR

POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE AND TUBING

 9.0 RECORDS

Any records generated in the course of performing work in accordance with this specification shall be maintained as required by Corporate Instruction CI-870- 1 “Records Management”. Guidance on the retention of Company Gas Operations records can also be found on the Records Management intranet site.

10.0 REFERENCES

DOJT Documentation and Inspection of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Joints on Gas GAS6006 Mains and Services

G-8100 General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Services

G-8104 Polyethylene Pipe, Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8121 Qualification of Installers Joining Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8122 Inspection, Handling, Storage, and Transportation of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8123 Heat Fusion Joining of PE Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8153 Reinforcing Compression Fittings

G-8209 Field Coating of Steel Pipe and Fittings Installed Underground and in Subsurface Structures

G-100,285 Compression End Coupling, Tees, Elbows, Line Caps, and Riser Tees for Gas Pipe & Tubing

G-100,291 Adapters and Stiffeners

IP-27 Installation of Electrofusion Fittings on PE Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Molded Fittings Using a Universal Electrofusion Processor

Northeast Gas Association (NGA) Plastic Pipe Joining Manual

GT-14-048-2 Procedure for Qualifying Mechanical Plastic Pipe Joints

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE NUMBER: VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0) and 10 PAGE 8 APPROVED: Construction Standards and OF 8 IP-20-9a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

LAST REVIEW DATE: 12/7/17 REVIEW CYCLE: 5 Years EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18

SPECIFICATION: IP-27-8a

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10 and Yellow Book

COURSE ID: GAS0173

CORE GROUPS: Gas Construction

TARGET AUDIENCE: Gas Construction, Emergency Response Force (ERF), Gas Development Lab, Construction, Per Diem, and Gas Contractors

REV 8a (4-9-18)

Table of Contents: Added “RECORDS” Section. Section 4.1, 4.3, 7.5 (F) & 9.1 (D): Updated Company approved markers. Section 4.4: Updated section to reference GAS6006 for marking PE joints. Section 12.0: Added new Records section. Renumbered subsequent sections.

REVISIONS (See ):

1) Table of Contents, - Changed “Peer” to “Second”. Section 4.0

2) Section 3.3 - Changed “Peer” to “Second”.

3) Section 4.0 - Changed “Peer” to “Second”.

4) Section 4.2 - Changed “Peer” to “Second”.

5) Section 4.3 - Changed “Peer” to “Second” and defined “P” as “Pass”.

6) Section 4.4 - Changed “Peer” to “Second”.

7) Section 7.5 S) - Changed “Peer” to “Second”.

8) Section 7.5 T) - Changed “Peer” to “Second”. (Continued)

9) Section 8.3 Q) - Changed “Peer” to “Second”.

10) Section 8.3 S) - Changed “Peer” to “Second”.

11) Section 9.1 M) - Added “second”.

12) Section 9.1 N) - Changed “Peer” to “Second”.

IP-27-8a Gas Operations Standards

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON PE PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

1.0 SCOPE 2

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 2

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION 2

 4.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLERS AND SECOND 3 INSPECTORS

5.0 QUALIFICATION OF ELECTROFUSION JOINING 4 PROCEDURES

6.0 GENERAL GUIDELINES 5

7.0 ELECTROFUSION COUPLING INSTALLATION 8 GUIDELINES

8.0 PE PLASTIC PIPE REPAIR GUIDELINES 13

9.0 ELECTROFUSION TAPPING TEE AND SPA SADDLE 17 INSTALLATION GUIDELINES

10.0 ELECTROFUSION EQUIPMENT 20

11.0 ELECTROFUSION DURING COLD AND/OR INCLEMENT 21 WEATHER

 12.0 RECORDS 22

13.0 REFERENCES 22

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 EH&S REVIEW BY: J. Fox OPERATIONS REVIEW BY: R. McGrath (Gas Constr.) DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, AUTHOR: APPROVED BY: PAGE 1 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Tomas Hernandez Mark Construction Standards and OF 23 Chief Engineer 12/7/17 Baldovin O&M Manual PAGES Gas Distribution Engineering

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

1.0 SCOPE

This specification describes the requirements for the installation of approved electrofusion fittings on polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe, tubing, and molded fittings using a universal electrofusion processor.

See Gas Specification G-8123, “Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services “for the requirements to join PE plastic pipe, tubing, and molded fittings by butt fusion and branch saddle fusion.

See Gas Specification IP-20, “Installation of Mechanical Fittings for Plastic Pipe and Tubing” for the requirements to join PE plastic pipe and tubing with mechanical fittings.

2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

Federal: 49 CFR Part 192, Sections 273, 281, 283, 285, and 287.

State: 16 NYCRR Part 255, Sections 273, 281, 283, 285, and 287.

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION

3.1 Installers who tap an energized pipeline, weld steel, and join PE plastic pipe must be Operator Qualified.

All other “covered tasks” shall be completed by either Operator Qualified individuals or individuals under the direct observation of one who is Operator Qualified. “Direct observation” means that the Operator Qualified individual remains in direct visual and verbal contact at all times with the individual performing the task.

3.2 Installers who join PE plastic pipe/ tubing and fittings must be Operator Qualified and in compliance with the annual requalification requirements of Gas Specification G-8121, "Qualification of Installers Joining Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services."

A) All electrofusion joints must be installed in accordance with the electrofusion procedures outlined in this specification, the Northeast Gas Association (NGA) Plastic Pipe Joining Manual, and manufacturer’s assembly instructions included with the electrofusion fitting.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 2 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

3.0 OPERATOR QUALIFICATION (Continued)

B) All heat fusion joints must be fabricated in accordance with the fusion procedures outlined in this specification, the NGA Plastic Pipe Joining Manual, and the manufacturers’ operating manual for the approved heat fusion joining equipment. (See Sections 10.0)

C) All mechanical joints must be fabricated in accordance with the installation procedures outlined in Gas Specification IP-20, “Installation of Mechanical Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing”.

 3.3 Second Inspectors of PE Plastic Joints

A) Second inspectors who inspect PE plastic pipe joints (heat fusion, electrofusion, or with mechanical fittings) shall be Operator Qualified and in compliance with the annual requalification stipulated in Gas Specification G-8121 OR Operator Qualified to visually inspect PE plastic joints (e.g. Covered Task 52 or equivalent) and current with 3 year requalification.

 4.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLERS AND SECOND INSPECTORS

 4.1 All installers (Company, Contractor, Per Diem) of electrofusion fittings on PE plastic pipe, tubing, and molded fittings shall identify the installer by marking the plastic pipe, tubing, or fittings adjacent to the electrofusion fittings at 12 o'clock (or as close to 12 o'clock as is possible) with a Company approved marker (e.g. PX-20 White Paint Marker (C/S # 024-7106) or Silver Sharpie).

A) Company installers shall clearly print “J” for joiner AND their 5 digit employee number.

B) Contractor and Per Diem installers shall clearly print “J” for joiner AND their respective NGA Industrial Training Service (ITS) Operator Qualification identification number.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 3 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

4.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLERS AND SECOND INSPECTORS (Continued)

 4.2 Following completion of the electrofusion cycle, the Operator Qualified installer and the Operator Qualified second inspector shall visually inspect the entire area of the electrofusion fitting and compare against visually acceptable electrofusion fittings in the NGA Plastic Pipe Joining Manual and the manufacturers’ recommended appearance guidelines.

A) The electrofusion fitting must closely resemble visually acceptable electrofusion fittings in the NGA Plastic Pipe Joining Manual and the manufacturers’ recommended appearance guidelines. Misalignment, melt out, and exposed wire are unacceptable.

B) If there is any reason to believe the electrofusion fitting is defective, it shall be removed and replaced.

 4.3 All second inspectors (Company, Contractor, Per Diem) of electrofusion fittings on PE plastic pipe, tubing, and molded fittings shall identify the inspector by marking the plastic pipe, tubing, or fittings adjacent to the electrofusion fitting at 12 o'clock (or as close to 12 o'clock as is possible) with a Company approved marker (e.g. PX-20 White Paint Marker (C/S # 024-7106) or Silver Sharpie).

A) Company second inspectors shall clearly print “P” for second inspector, CE (for Con Edison), AND their 5 digit employee number.

B) Contractor and Per Diem second inspectors shall clearly print “P” for ”Pass” AND their respective Learning Center Operator Qualification identification number (as noted on Con Edison Operator Qualification card) or NGA ITS Operator Qualification identification number.

 4.4 All PE plastic joints, joiners, and second inspectors shall be marked and documented as per GAS6006, “Documentation and Inspection of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Joints on Gas Mains and Services.”

5.0 QUALIFICATION OF ELECTROFUSION JOINING PROCEDURES

 NGA Plastic Pipe Joining Manual

 GT-14-048-4 Procedure for Qualifying Electrofusion Plastic Pipe Joints

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 4 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

6.0 GENERAL GUIDELINES

6.1 The preferred methods to join PE plastic pipe and tubing are heat fusion (butt and branch saddle) and electrofusion. (See Gas Specification G-8123)

When heat fusion or electrofusion is not practical or available, only approved restraining-type mechanical fittings shall be installed on PE plastic pipe and tubing per Gas Specification IP-20. All steel mechanical fittings shall be cathodically protected per Gas Specification G-8209, "Field Coating of Steel Pipe and Fittings Installed Underground and in Subsurface Structures."

6.2 All approved electrofusion fittings are for use with all legacy PE plastic pipe as well as currently approved high density PE 3408/4710 plastic pipe and tubing.

See Specification G-8104, “Polyethylene Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services” for all approved PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings.

See the GasHub for electrofusion fitting manufacturers’ installation instructions and approved electrofusion processors’ operating manuals.

NOTES: M8000 pipe was all black and replaced in 1997 with Performance Pipe 8100.

Performance Pipe 6800 is black with two thick yellow stripes at three different points on the pipe’s surface.

Performance Pipe 8100 has a “yellow shell” around black pipe. This is the equivalent of Performance Pipe 8300 and JM Eagle (US Poly) UAC3700.

Performance Pipe 8300 is black with one thick yellow stripe at four different points on the pipe's surface and print line indicates PE 100. This is the equivalent of Performance Pipe 8100 and JM Eagle (US Poly) UAC 3700.

JM Eagle (US Poly) UAC3700 is black with one yellow stripe at three different points on the pipe’s surface and the print line states PE100. This is the equivalent of Performance Pipe 8100 and 8300.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 5 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

6.0 GENERAL GUIDELINES (Continued)

NOTES (Continued): ENDOT EN PE 4710 (Gas) is black with one thin yellow stripe at three different points on the pipe’s surface. This equivalent to Performance Pipe 8300 and JM Eagle (US Poly) UAC 3700.

Dura-Line Polypipe GDB50 is black with either one thin yellow stripe at three different points on the pipe’s surface (similar to JM Eagle and ENDOT) or one yellow stripe at six different points on the pipe’s surface.

6.3 Inspect PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings prior to installation to verify:

A) No cuts, gouges, deep scratches, or other defects.

B) PE plastic material is high density polyethylene (HDPE), PE3408/4710, and manufactured per ASTM D2513.

C) PE plastic material is NOT older than 10 years old.

(See Gas Specification G-8122, "Transportation, Handling, and Storage of Polyethylene Plastic Pipe/Tubing, and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services")

6.4 Quality fusion requires using all of the required tools and equipment, and following all of the steps in the procedure in the correct sequence. Faulty fusion is caused by improper or defective equipment, or not following the procedure (omitting steps or performing steps out of sequence).

6.5 Electrofusion fittings must be installed at least three (3) pipe diameters or 12", whichever is greater, from a squeeze-off point.

6.6 Heat fusion of PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings of different SDR shall only be performed between one change in SDR. SDR is found on the print line of the PE plastic pipe and tubing, or on the fitting label.

SDR 7  9/9.3  11  13.5  15.5

Joining of PE plastic pipe/fitting with SDR wall thickness greater than one change in SDR shall only be done using electrofusion. Approved restraining- type mechanical couplings may only be used for joining PE plastic pipe when an electrofusion coupling is unavailable. (See Gas Specifications IP-20 and G-8209)

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 6 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

6.0 GENERAL GUIDELINES (Continued)

6.7 Table 1, Approved Joining Methods for PE Plastic Pipe/Tubing (Note: this table does not apply to valves and other fittings)

PE Plastic Distribution Heat Mechanical SDR Vintage Electrofusion Pipe Pressure * Fusion Joints YES, 0.5” CTS 7 All IP, MP, HP YES YES stiffener = 0.090” WT LP, IP, MP, YES, 1”-1.25” CTS All HP (1” ≤ 89 psi) YES YES stiffener = 0.090” WT HP (1.25” ≤ 71 psi) 1” – 8”, YES, 11 All LP, IP, MP, HP YES YES 12” IPS stiffener = black YES, 1”-4” IPS 9.3 Pre-1990 LP, IP, MP, HP YES YES stiffener = blue Up to 4”IPS LP, IP, MP, 9.3 1970’s NO YES NO Aldyl-A HP (≤ 80 psi) YES, reduce 2000’s 26 LP NO electrofusion cycle NO (Subcoil) time by 15% YES, reduce YES, 6” IPS 23.5 1970’s LP, IP, MP NO electrofusion cycle stiffener = orange time by 10% YES, reduce 6” IPS 26 1970’s LP, IP, MP NO electrofusion cycle NO time by 15% ONLY as sleeve for 6” IPS 26 LP, IP, MP, HP YES YES NO Trenchless Technology YES, reduce 6” IPS 32.5 1970’s LP, IP, MP NO electrofusion cycle NO time by 25% YES, reduce 22.5” IPS 23.5 2000’s HP NO electrofusion cycle NO Subline time by 10%

* LP = low pressure, IP = intermediate pressure, MP = medium pressure, HP = high pressure

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 7 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

6.0 GENERAL GUIDELINES (Continued)

6.8 Before beginning the process to install an electrofusion fitting, ensure the pipe is clean and dry. Clean the pipe outside diameter (OD), inside diameter (ID), and ends with a clean, dry, lint-free non-synthetic (e.g. cotton) cloth or paper towel (e.g. NS0209687).

If the contamination cannot be removed in this way, wash the pipe with water and a clean, lint-free, non-synthetic cloth/paper towel to remove the contamination. Then rinse the pipe with water and dry thoroughly with a clean, lint-free, non- synthetic cloth/paper towel. Do NOT use soap water (leak detection solution) to clean the pipe.

If the contamination still cannot be removed with water and a clean, lint-free, non- synthetic cloth/paper towel, then 96% alcohol wipes (Class/Stock # 689-3135 and 025-3724) or 99.9% liquid isopropyl alcohol (Class/Stock # 630-1246) with a clean, lint-free, non-synthetic cloth/paper towel (e.g. NS0209687) may be used to clean extremely dirty pipe or cutting oil.

Wear nitrile gloves when using alcohol wipes. Wear nitrile gloves and goggles when using the liquid isopropyl alcohol with a clean, lint-free, non-synthetic cloth/paper towel. When using liquid isopropyl alcohol, place plastic sheeting and absorbent pads underneath the fitting. The used wipes/cloth/absorbent pads shall be disposed as non-hazardous industrial waste. Liquid isopropyl alcohol shall be disposed as flammable hazardous waste. Contact EH&S Operations for guidance when disposing liquid isopropyl alcohol.

6.9 All scrap PE plastic pipe, tubing, and/or fittings that cannot be reused, shall be brought back to the workout location for proper disposal/ recycling.

7.0 ELECTROFUSION COUPLING INSTALLATION GUIDELINES

7.1 When making the final tie-in to existing PE plastic pipe in an excavation, electrofusion coupling(s) should be used to make the final tie-in, rather than trying to butt fuse or use mechanical fittings in the excavation. Use of two (2) electrofusion couplings with a short length of plastic pipe will facilitate pipe lineup. If electrofusion fittings cannot be used due to a hazardous environment, certain mechanical fittings are permitted. (See Gas Specification IP-20.)

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 8 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

7.0 ELECTROFUSION COUPLING INSTALLATION GUIDELINES (Continued)

7.2 Misaligned PE plastic pipe shall not be joined using electrofusion couplings, butt fusion, or mechanical fittings in order to prevent mechanical stress on the pipe and joint during and after the joining process. PE plastic pipe alignment in the field can be corrected prior to joining to other PE plastic, steel, or cast iron pipe in the following manner:

A) For all pipe diameters, use approved molded fittings. (See Gas Specification G-8104 for approved molded fittings.)

B) For smaller diameter pipe, and where practical for larger diameters, expose sufficient pipe at the tie-in point to take advantage of PE plastic pipe flexibility. (See Gas Specifications G-8005, “General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Mains” and G-8100, “General Specification for the Installation of Gas Distribution Services for plastic pipe bending radii) 7.3 Restraining clamps shall be required during electrofusion joining of pipes less than or equal to 4” IPS (this does not include endcaps (all diameters), adjustable elbows, and 6”x4” or larger reducing couplings).

For instructions on how to use restraining clamps and recommended manufacturers, refer to HOT GAS6038, “Procedure for Using Restraining Clamps when Performing Electrofusion Joining”.

7.4 PE plastic molded fittings without pup lengths can only be joined to PE plastic pipe, tubing and other molded fittings by heat fusion, electrofusion, or MetFit fittings. (See Gas Specification G-8104 for approved fittings with pup lengths of PE plastic pipe or tubing). (See G-100,285 for approved MetFit fittings).With the exception of MetFit fittings, mechanical fittings cannot be installed directly onto a plastic molded fitting without pup lengths of PE plastic pipe or tubing.

Install and inspect MetFit mechanical fittings as per manufacturer’s procedures. Molded fittings shall not be altered in order to utilize MetFit fittings.

 7.5 The following installation guidelines detail the steps necessary to install an electrofusion coupling using a universal electrofusion processor and inspect the completed joint. For detailed instructions on installing electrofusion couplings, refer to the manufacturer’s assembly instructions included with the fitting and the NGA Plastic Pipe Joining Manual.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 9 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

7.0 ELECTROFUSION COUPLING INSTALLATION GUIDELINES (Continued)

For detailed instructions on using the universal electrofusion processor, refer to the manufacturer’s operating manual. (See Section 10.1) A) Inspect PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings for cuts, gouges, deep scratches or other defects prior to installation of electrofusion fittings. (See Gas Specification G-8122)

B) Keep electrofusion coupling in the plastic bag provided until needed to avoid accidental contamination.

Visually inspect the inside of the coupling for defects and then check the coupling for electrical continuity (e.g. fluke meter). If any defects are noted, or if there is no electrical continuity, the electrofusion coupling shall not be installed.

C) Cut the pipe ends to ensure a square, even surface. Remove any burrs or shavings with a clean knife.

D) Check pipe for out-of-round. Use a re-rounding clamp or other device to bring the pipe back to round.

E) Clean pipe ends and surface area to be scraped by removing dirt, mud, and other debris with clean, dry, lint-free non-synthetic (e.g. cotton) cloth or paper towel (e.g. NS0209687). (See Section 6.8)

 F) Measure and mark the pipe insertion depth (half the length of the coupling). Marks should be approximately 1” outside the footprint of the fitting. Use only a Company approved marker (e.g. PX-20 White Paint Marker (C/S # 024-7106) or Silver Sharpie). Do not use keel or a lumber crayon to mark the PE plastic pipe.

G) Scrape the marked area on the outside of the pipe to remove surface oxidation using an approved scraping tool (See Operation of Fusion Equipment for approved scrapers/peelers). Do not use a file or sandpaper.

Chamfer the pipe ends and bevel the outer edge more than the inner edge. H) Remove any debris from the inside of the pipe with a clean, dry, lint-free non-synthetic (e.g. cotton) cloth or paper towel (e.g. NS0209687)

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 10 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

7.0 ELECTROFUSION COUPLING INSTALLATION GUIDELINES (Continued)

I) Clean the scraped area of the pipe and the inside of the fitting with either 96% alcohol wipes (Class/Stock #689-3135 and 025-3724) or a clean, dry, lint-free non-synthetic (e.g. cotton) cloth or paper towel (e.g. NS0209687) with 99.9% liquid isopropyl alcohol (Class/Stock #630-1246). Make sure pipe and fitting surfaces are completely dry before assembly.

(See Section 6.8 for EH&S requirements for protective gloves and alcohol disposal requirements)

Never clean electrofusion molded fittings with leak detection solution.

J) Remark the stab depth, if required, by measuring half the length of the coupling and remark each pipe end.

K) If the electrofusion fitting or the surface of the scraped pipe becomes contaminated with dirt, debris, water, finger marks or other foreign substances, clean again with either 96% alcohol wipes (Class/Stock #689- 3135 and 025-3724) or a clean, dry, lint-free non-synthetic (e.g. cotton) cloth or paper towel (e.g. NS0209687) with 99.9% liquid isopropyl alcohol (Class/Stock #630-1246). Make sure pipe and fitting surfaces are completely dry before assembly.

(See Section 6.8 for EH&S requirements for protective gloves and alcohol disposal requirements)

L) Install the coupling to the marked insertion depth on pipe. PE plastic pipe and coupling should be kept clean, supported, and free of any external stresses.

If there is excessive resistance while sliding the coupling onto the pipe, use a re-rounding clamp or other device to bring the pipe back to round. Clean pipe as needed after removing the re-rounding clamp.

M) Insert the plastic pipe into the opposite end of the coupling. Check both measurement marks for the proper stab depth when this is completed.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 11 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

7.0 ELECTROFUSION COUPLING INSTALLATION GUIDELINES (Continued)

NOTE: If it is difficult to install the two pipe ends into the electrofusion coupling because of lack of movement that occurs with short pieces or larger pipe sizes, it may be necessary to slide one coupling completely onto one of the pipe ends, bring the two pipes together, then slide the coupling from the fully stabbed pipe back to the other until the proper insertion depth is reached on both pipes. For additional details on this technique see Section 8.3(L).

N) While maintaining the marked stab depth, keep the pipe secured from movement and the coupling supported during both the fusion and cooling cycles. Cooling time is noted as “CT” on the fitting label. Install Restraining Clamps as per Section 7.3

O) Connect the universal electrofusion processor to an adequate AC power source. If using a generator, turn the generator on and allow it to run for 30 seconds before connecting the universal electrofusion processor. Turn on the universal electrofusion processor.

P) Connect fusion plugs to the contact pins on the fitting.

NOTE: Couplings 12” and larger are bi-filament and each side of the coupling must be fused independently.

16” electrofusion couplings require pre-heating each side of the coupling prior to the fusion cycle.

Seal the annular gap between the 16” coupling and the pipe with tape. If installing the coupling one side at a time, the annular gap can be sealed with tape or by securing the plastic bag around the coupling and the pipe. Connect the fusion plugs to the contact pins on the coupling and scan the pre-heating (yellow) barcode. On completion of the pre-heating cycle, allow 10 minutes to warm through. If annular gap is still not sealed, scan the pre-heating (yellow) barcode again. On completion of additional pre- heating cycle, allow 10 minutes to warm through.

Start the fusion process by scanning the coupling (white) barcode. Repeat the pre-heating and fusion process on the other side of the coupling.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 12 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

7.0 ELECTROFUSION COUPLING INSTALLATION GUIDELINES (Continued)

Q) Following the applicable universal electrofusion processor’s operating manual, scan the fitting barcode (verify the fitting information), and begin the fusion process. (See Section 6.6 for electrofusion to different SDR PE plastic pipe)

R) Keep the pipe secured from movement and the coupling supported during both the fusion and cooling cycles. Do not handle, pressure test, or backfill the coupling until completion of the cooling cycle(s). Cooling time is noted as CT on the fitting label.

 S) Following completion of the fusion cycle, the entire area of the electrofusion joint shall be visually inspected by the Operator Qualified installer and by an Operator Qualified second inspector. (See Section 4.2)

 T) Mark the designated installer and second inspector identification next to the coupling. (See Sections 4.1 and 4.3)

8.0 PE PLASTIC PIPE REPAIR GUIDELINES

8.1 Damaged PE pipe, sizes 3” to 16” IPS, may be repaired by an electrofusion repair patch installed by the Development Lab. Repair patches may be installed on live low pressure PE pipe that is damaged. Damaged elevated pressure (intermediate, medium, and high pressure) PE plastic pipe must have the flow of gas stopped prior to installation of the repair patch. (See Gas Specification G- 8178, “Shut-Off of Polyethylene Plastic Pipe/Tubing Used for Gas Mains and Services)

8.2 Damaged PE plastic pipe, sizes 1/2” CTS to 16” IPS, may be repaired by cutting out the damaged section of PE plastic pipe and installing a replacement piece of pipe with two electrofusion couplings.

8.3 The following installation guideline details the steps necessary to cut-out and replace a damaged section of PE plastic pipe with two electrofusion couplings using a universal electrofusion processor and to inspect the completed joints.

Electrofusion control units are not intrinsically safe and must not be used until the gas flow has been stopped.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 13 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

8.0 PE PLASTIC PIPE REPAIR GUIDELINES (Continued)

For detailed instructions on installing electrofusion couplings, refer to the NGA Plastic Pipe Joining Manual and the manufacturer’s assembly instructions included with the fitting. For detailed instructions on using the universal electrofusion processor, refer to the manufacturer’s operating manual. (See Section 10.1)

A) For damaged PE plastic gas mains, safely stop off and control the flow of gas by operating an isolation valve or stop off using the approved methods in Gas Specification G-8178.

B) For damaged PE plastic gas services, safely stop-off and control the flow of gas by operating an isolation valve or stop-off using the approved methods in Gas Specification G-8178. If feasible, replace the entire section of damaged service pipe (e.g., main to valve, valve to building).

C) Cut-out and remove the damaged section of pipe per Gas Specifications IP-40, “Cut-Outs and Tie-Ins of Existing Plastic or Plastic / Metallic Gas Mains” and IP-9, “Requirements for Written Procedures and Contingency Plans.” Be sure the pipe ends on the pipe are square and evenly cut. Remove any burrs or shavings from the pipe ends that may have developed during the cutting process.

D) Measure the repair section of pipe to fit within 1/16” of the open section length.

For PE plastic gas main replacement, use pretested pipe or pressure test the replacement piece prior to installation. (See Gas Specification G- 8204, “Pressure Testing Requirements for New and Replacement Gas Mains and Services”)

E) Clean the pipe ends inside and out with a dry, clean lint-free cloth to remove all dirt and contaminants.

F) Measure and mark the pipe insertion depth on the existing pipe and the repair segment Marks should be approximately 1” outside the footprint of the fitting. Mark half the length of the coupling on the existing pipe ends and a full coupling length on both ends of the repair segment.

G) Follow the scraping procedure in Section 7.5(G) for the existing pipe ends, and the ends of the repair segment.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 14 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

8.0 PE PLASTIC PIPE REPAIR GUIDELINES (Continued)

H) Once scraping is completed, use a clean knife to remove any burrs. Remove any debris from the inside of the pipe with a dry, clean lint-free cloth.

I) Clean the scraped area of the pipe and the inside of the fitting with either 96% alcohol wipes (Class/Stock #689-3135 and 025-3724) or a clean, dry, lint-free non-synthetic (e.g. cotton) cloth or paper towel (e.g. NS0209687) with 99.9% liquid isopropyl alcohol (Class/Stock #630-1246). Make sure pipe and fitting surfaces are completely dry before assembly.

(See Section 6.8 for EH&S requirements for protective gloves and alcohol disposal requirements)

J) Remark the stab depths if needed at both tie-in points on the existing pipe, and the repair segment.

K) Keep electrofusion coupling in the plastic bag provided until needed to avoid accidental contamination.

Visually inspect the inside of the coupling for defects and then check the coupling for electrical continuity (e.g. fluke meter). If any defects are noted, or if there is no electrical continuity, the electrofusion coupling shall not be installed.

If the electrofusion coupling(s) or the surface of the scraped pipe becomes contaminated with dirt, debris, water, finger marks or other foreign substances, clean with either 96% alcohol wipes (Class/Stock #689-3135 and 025-3724) or a clean, dry, lint-free non-synthetic (e.g. cotton) cloth or paper towel (e.g. NS0209687) with 99.9% liquid isopropyl alcohol (Class/Stock #630-1246) Make sure pipe and fitting surfaces are completely dry before assembly.

(See Section 6.8 for EH&S requirements for protective gloves and alcohol disposal requirements)

L) For most gas main repairs, remove the center stops in both couplings. Slide each coupling onto the repair segment for the full length of the coupling. Place the repair segment between the two pipe ends, and slide both electrofusion EF couplings onto the existing pipe to the correct insertion depth.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 15 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

8.0 PE PLASTIC PIPE REPAIR GUIDELINES (Continued)

For most service repairs where sufficient material is exposed, there is enough flexibility in the pipe/tubing to install electrofusion couplings without removing center stops. If there is excessive resistance while sliding either coupling onto the pipe, use a re-rounding clamp or other device to bring the pipe back to round. Clean pipe as needed after removing the re-rounding clamp.

M) Keep the pipe secured from movement and the coupling supported during both the fusion and cooling cycles. Do not handle, pressure test, or backfill the coupling until completion of the cooling cycle(s). Cooling time is noted as “CT” on fitting label. Install Restraining Clamps as per Section 7.3

N) Connect the universal electrofusion processor to an adequate AC power source. If using a generator, turn the generator on and allow it to run for 30 seconds before connecting the universal electrofusion processor. Turn on the universal electrofusion processor.

O) Connect fusion plugs to the contact pins on the first coupling.

NOTE: Couplings 12” and larger are bi-filament and each side of the coupling must be fused independently.

P) Following the applicable universal electrofusion processor’s operating manual, scan the fitting barcode (verify the fitting information) and begin the fusion process for each coupling. (See Section 6.6 for electrofusion to different SDR PE plastic pipe)

 Q) Following completion of the fusion cycle, the entire area of the electrofusion joint shall be visually inspected by the Operator Qualified installer and by an Operator Qualified second inspector. (See Section 4.2)

R) Following completion of the cooling cycle, the repaired PE plastic gas service replacement shall be pressure tested from the point of disconnect to the service head valve. (See Gas Specification G-8204)

 S) Mark the designated installer and second inspector identification next to the coupling. (See Sections 4.1 and 4.3)

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 16 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

8.0 PE PLASTIC PIPE REPAIR GUIDELINES (Continued)

T) For repaired PE plastic gas main replacement, all tie-in joints/welds shall be soap tested for leakage with leak detecting solution only after the line has been gassed-in and the line pressure has been achieved. (See Gas Specification G-8204)

9.0 ELECTROFUSION TAPPING TEE AND SPA SADDLE INSTALLATION GUIDELINES

9.1 The following installation guideline details the steps necessary to install an electrofusion tapping tee or a SPA saddle (up to 8”) on a PE plastic gas main using a universal electrofusion processor and to inspect the completed joints.

For detailed instructions on installing electrofusion tapping tees and SPA saddles, refer to the NGA Plastic Pipe Joining Manual, and the manufacturer’s assembly instructions included with the fitting. For detailed instructions on using the universal electrofusion processor, refer to the manufacturer’s operating manual. (See Section 10.1)

A) Inspect PE plastic pipe, tubing, and fittings for cuts, gouges, deep scratches or other defects prior to installation of electrofusion fittings. (See Gas Specification G-8122)

B) Clean the pipe with a clean, dry, lint-free non-synthetic (e.g. cotton) cloth or paper towel (e.g. NS0209687) to remove any dirt, mud, or other debris. (See Section 6.8)

C) Keep electrofusion tapping tee/SPA saddle in the plastic bag provided until needed to avoid accidental contamination. Visually inspect the bottom of the tapping tee/SPA saddle for defects and then check the tapping tee/SPA saddle for electrical continuity (e.g. fluke meter). If any defects are noted, or if there is no electrical continuity, the electrofusion fitting shall not be installed.

 D) Center the tapping tee/SPA saddle on the pipe and mark the surface area covered by the base of the tee on the PE plastic pipe. Marks should be approximately 1” outside the footprint of the fitting. Use only a Company approved marker (e.g. PX-20 White Paint Marker (C/S # 024-7106) or Silver Sharpie). Do not use keel or a lumber crayon to mark the PE plastic pipe.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 17 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

9.0 ELECTROFUSION TAPPING TEE AND SPA SADDLE INSTALLATION GUIDELINES (Continued)

E) Check pipe for out-of-round. Use a re-rounding clamp or other device to bring the pipe back to round.

F) Scrape the marked area on the outside of the pipe to remove surface oxidation using an approved scraping tool (See Operation of Fusion Equipment for approved scrapers/peelers). Do not use a file or sandpaper.

G) Clean the scraped area of the pipe and the inside of the fitting with either 96% alcohol wipes (Class/Stock #689-3135 and 025-3724) or a clean, dry, lint-free non-synthetic (e.g. cotton) cloth or paper towel (e.g. NS0209687) and 99.9% liquid isopropyl alcohol (Class/Stock #630-1246). Make sure pipe and fitting surfaces are completely dry before assembly.

(See Section 6.8 for EH&S requirements for protective gloves and alcohol disposal requirements)

H) Remove the tee/SPA saddle from the bag, visually inspect for dirt or contaminants, and center the tapping tee on the freshly scraped pipe surface.

If the electrofusion fitting or the surface of the scraped pipe becomes contaminated with dirt, debris, water, finger marks or other foreign substances, clean with either 96% alcohol wipes (Class/Stock #689-3135 and 025-3724) or a clean, dry, lint-free non-synthetic (e.g. cotton) cloth or paper towel (e.g. NS0209687) with 99.9% liquid isopropyl alcohol (Class/Stock #630-1246). Make sure pipe and fitting surfaces are completely dry before assembly.

(See Section 6.8 for EH&S requirements for protective gloves and alcohol disposal requirements)

1. For Central Plastics tapping tees, a removable saddle clamp must be placed under the pipe adjacent to the tapping tee prior to fusing. Slide the saddle clamp onto the edges of the tapping tee until the saddle clamp is squarely aligned beneath the tee. Tighten the saddle clamp to secure the tee to the plastic pipe.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 18 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

9.0 ELECTROFUSION TAPPING TEE AND SPA SADDLE INSTALLATION GUIDELINES (Continued)

2. For IPEX/Friatec tapping tees and SPA saddles, release the pre- assembled screws on one side of the tee. Using the side of the tapping tee that is still bolted together as a hinge, open the upper and lower sections of the tapping tee. Place the tapping tee onto the scraped and cleaned area of the PE plastic pipe. Evenly tighten all four screws to the stops. The bottom section of the tapping tee will remain on as a permanent component of the tee.

I) Connect the universal electrofusion processor to an adequate AC power source. If using a generator, turn the generator on and allow it to run for 30 seconds before connecting the universal electrofusion processor. Turn on the universal electrofusion processor.

J) Connect fusion plugs to the contact pins on the tapping tee.

K) Following the applicable universal electrofusion processor’s operating manual, scan the fitting barcode (verify the fitting information) and begin the fusion process for the tapping tee. (See Section 6.6 for electrofusion to different SDR PE plastic pipe)

L) Keep the pipe secured from movement during both the fusion and cooling cycles. Do not handle, pressure test, tap, or backfill the tapping tee until completion of the cooling cycle. Cooling time is noted as CT on the fitting label.

1. For Central Plastics tapping tees, keep the saddle clamp in place until completion of the cooling time(s). When the tapping operation is to be performed, the saddle clamp must be reinstalled.

 M) Following completion of the fusion cycle, the entire area of the electrofusion joint shall be visually inspected by the Operator Qualified installer and by an Operator Qualified second inspector. (See Section 4.2)

 N) Mark the designated installer and second inspector identification next to the coupling. (See Sections 4.1 and 4.3)

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 19 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

10.0 ELECTROFUSION EQUIPMENT

10.1 The following universal electrofusion processors are approved for use:  EF Technologies - Phoenix Electrofusion Processor  Georg Fischer Central Plastics – Easy Fuse Electrofusion Processor  Georg Fischer Central Plastics – Emie Electrofusion Processor  Georg Fischer Central Plastics – MSA 340 Polyvalent Electrofusion Processor  IPEX - Friamat 1 and 2 Electrofusion Processor  IPEX - Genesis F3 Electofusion Processor

The operating manuals for these electrofusion processors are located in the GasHub. (See Operation of Fusion Equipment for approved scrapers/peelers.)

10.2 All fusion equipment (i.e., electrofusion processors, butt and branch saddle fusion machines, heater irons/plates, electric facers, contact pyrometers) shall be inspected by the Gas Development Lab prior to initial use and prior to the inspection due date (once every 6 months). Otherwise, the fusion equipment shall not be used.

EXCEPTION: Contact pyrometers are to be inspected once every 6 months, not to exceed a year.

10.3 Electrofusion processor units are not intrinsically safe and shall not be used in a hazardous environment.

10.4 Due to the high amperage draw of electrofusion fittings, the electrical source should not be loaded down by other equipment when an electrofusion is being performed and the use of an extension cord is not encouraged. In the event an extension cord is needed, the following is recommended:

Cord Length Wire Gauge ≤ 25 ft. # 12/3 25 ft. # 10/3 50 ft. # 8/3 100 ft DO NOT USE

NOTE: Extension cords should not be used for electrofusion 16” couplings.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 20 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

10.0 ELECTROFUSION EQUIPMENT (Continued)

10.5 The following are requirements and precautions regarding the electrical equipment required to perform electrofusion:

MINIMUM MINIMUM FITTING AC GENERATO ALLOWABLE FITTING AMPS SIZE POWER R GENERATOR WATTAGE OUTPUT VOLTAGE Central 1/2" CTS to 8" 110V 20 3,500 90 VAC Plastics IPS Friatec 2" to 6" IPS 110V 20 3,500 90 VAC 8" IPS to 20" Friatec 110V 30 4,500 95-135 VAC IPS

11.0 ELECTROFUSION DURING COLD AND/OR INCLEMENT WEATHER

11.1 Extreme weather conditions may affect the quality of the electrofusion joint. The recommended ambient temperature range is as follows:

TEMPERATURE RANGE FITTINGS ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR Central Plastics MSA 340 -10F to 120F Frialen Genesis -4F to 122F - Friamat 0°F to 120°F - Phoenix

11.2 Temperatures below 40°F

A) Pipe and fittings should be about the same temperature when they are electrofused.

11.3 During inclement weather (rain or snow)

A) Protect universal electrofusion processor and leads from the rain or snow.

B) The pipe must clean and dry before, during, and after electrofusion.

C) Approved fire resistant tents (Class/ Stock # 689-3929, 10’ x 8’ or Class/ Stock # 659-3945, 6’ x 6’) shall only be used to protect the PE pipe at the point of joining during inclement weather and shall not be used when there is escaping gas. EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 21 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

11.0 ELECTROFUSION DURING COLD AND/OR INCLEMENT WEATHER (Continued)

NOTE: If gas is escaping, it must be allowed to rise and vent unobstructed. If a connection is needed and the cause of the escaping gas can’t be repaired in a timely manner, then making the joint with a mechanical fitting should be considered.

 12.0 RECORDS

Any records generated in the course of performing work in accordance with this specification shall be maintained as required by Corporate Instruction CI-870- 1 “Records Management”. Guidance on the retention of Company Gas Operations records can also be found on the Records Management intranet site.

13.0 REFERENCES

G-8005 General Specification for Installation of Gas Distribution Mains

G-8100 General Specification for Installation of Gas Distribution Services

G-8104 Polyethylene Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Gas Main and Services

G-8121 Qualification of Installers Joining Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8122 Inspection, Handling, Storage, and Transportation of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8123 Heat Fusion Joining Of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Fittings for Gas Mains and Services

G-8149 Responsibility for Maintenance and Replacement of Gas Services

G-8178 Shut-Off of Polyethylene Plastic Pipe/Tubing Used for Gas Mains and Services

G-8204 Pressure Testing Requirements for New and Replacement Gas Mains and Services

13.0 REFERENCES (Continued)

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 22 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES

TITLE: INSTALLATION OF ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS ON POLYETHYLENE (PE) PLASTIC PIPE/TUBING AND

MOLDED FITTINGS USING A UNIVERSAL ELECTROFUSION PROCESSOR

G-8209 Field Coating of Steel Pipe and Fittings Installed Underground and in Subsurface Structures

IP-9 Requirements for Written Procedures and Contingency Plans

IP-20 Installation of Mechanical Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing

DOJT Documentation and Inspection of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Joints on Gas GAS6006 Mains and Services

HOT Procedure for Pressure Testing and Tapping Using the Spa Saddle GAS6015 Tapping Tool

GT-14-048-4 Procedure for Qualifying Electrofusion Plastic Pipe Joints

Northeast Gas Association (NGA) Plastic Pipe Joining Manual

Operation of Fusion Equipment

EFFECTIVE DATE: 2/8/18 DATE VOLUME: 2 (Section 4.0), 10, NUMBER: PAGE 23 APPROVED: and Yellow Book Construction Standards and OF 23 IP-27-8a 12/7/17 O&M Manual PAGES